--- @meta _
-- THIS FILE IS GENERATED
-- DO NOT EDIT
error('Cannot require a meta file')

---@class vim.bo
---@field [integer] vim.bo
vim.bo = vim.bo

---@class vim.wo
---@field [integer] vim.wo
vim.wo = vim.wo

--- Allow CTRL-_ in Insert mode.  This is default off, to avoid that users
--- that accidentally type CTRL-_ instead of SHIFT-_ get into reverse
--- Insert mode, and don't know how to get out.  See 'revins'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.allowrevins = false
vim.o.ari = vim.o.allowrevins
vim.go.allowrevins = vim.o.allowrevins
vim.go.ari = vim.go.allowrevins

--- Tells Vim what to do with characters with East Asian Width Class
--- Ambiguous (such as Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
--- letters, Cyrillic letters).
---
--- There are currently two possible values:
--- "single":	Use the same width as characters in US-ASCII.  This is
--- 		expected by most users.
--- "double":	Use twice the width of ASCII characters.
--- 						*E834* *E835*
--- The value "double" cannot be used if 'listchars' or 'fillchars'
--- contains a character that would be double width.  These errors may
--- also be given when calling setcellwidths().
---
--- The values are overruled for characters specified with
--- `setcellwidths()`.
---
--- There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
--- those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
--- legacy/traditional CJK encodings.  In those encodings, Euro,
--- Registered sign, Greek/Cyrillic letters are represented by two octets,
--- therefore those fonts have "wide" glyphs for them.  This is also
--- true of some line drawing characters used to make tables in text
--- file.  Therefore, when a CJK font is used for GUI Vim or
--- Vim is running inside a terminal (emulators) that uses a CJK font
--- (or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
--- this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
--- by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
--- to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
--- set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
--- (https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
---
--- @type 'single'|'double'
vim.o.ambiwidth = "single"
vim.o.ambw = vim.o.ambiwidth
vim.go.ambiwidth = vim.o.ambiwidth
vim.go.ambw = vim.go.ambiwidth

--- This option can be set to start editing Arabic text.
--- Setting this option will:
--- - Set the 'rightleft' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
--- - Set the 'arabicshape' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
--- - Set the 'keymap' option to "arabic"; in Insert mode CTRL-^ toggles
---   between typing English and Arabic key mapping.
--- - Set the 'delcombine' option
---
--- Resetting this option will:
--- - Reset the 'rightleft' option.
--- - Disable the use of 'keymap' (without changing its value).
--- Note that 'arabicshape' and 'delcombine' are not reset (it is a global
--- option).
--- Also see `l10n-arabic.txt`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.arabic = false
vim.o.arab = vim.o.arabic
vim.wo.arabic = vim.o.arabic
vim.wo.arab = vim.wo.arabic

--- When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
--- corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
--- take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
--- one which encompasses:
---   a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
---      within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
---   b) the enabling of the ability to compose characters
---   c) the enabling of the required combining of some characters
--- When disabled the display shows each character's true stand-alone
--- form.
--- Arabic is a complex language which requires other settings, for
--- further details see `l10n-arabic.txt`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.arabicshape = true
vim.o.arshape = vim.o.arabicshape
vim.go.arabicshape = vim.o.arabicshape
vim.go.arshape = vim.go.arabicshape

--- When on, Vim will change the current working directory whenever you
--- open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
--- It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
--- or selected.  When a buffer has no name it also has no directory, thus
--- the current directory won't change when navigating to it.
--- Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autochdir = false
vim.o.acd = vim.o.autochdir
vim.go.autochdir = vim.o.autochdir
vim.go.acd = vim.go.autochdir

--- When on, Vim shows a completion menu as you type, similar to using
--- `i_CTRL-N`, but triggered automatically.  See `ins-autocompletion`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autocomplete = false
vim.o.ac = vim.o.autocomplete
vim.bo.autocomplete = vim.o.autocomplete
vim.bo.ac = vim.bo.autocomplete
vim.go.autocomplete = vim.o.autocomplete
vim.go.ac = vim.go.autocomplete

--- Delay in milliseconds before the autocomplete menu appears after
--- typing.  If you prefer it not to open too quickly, set this value
--- slightly above your typing speed.  See `ins-autocompletion`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.autocompletedelay = 0
vim.o.acl = vim.o.autocompletedelay
vim.go.autocompletedelay = vim.o.autocompletedelay
vim.go.acl = vim.go.autocompletedelay

--- Initial timeout (in milliseconds) for the decaying time-sliced
--- completion algorithm.  Starts at this value, halves for each slower
--- source until a minimum is reached.  All sources run, but slower ones
--- are quickly de-prioritized.  The default is tuned so the popup menu
--- opens within ~200ms even with multiple slow sources on a slow system.
--- Changing this value is rarely needed.  Only 80 or higher is valid.
--- Special case: when 'complete' contains "F" or "o" (function sources),
--- a longer timeout is used, allowing up to ~1s for sources such as LSP
--- servers that may sometimes take longer (e.g., while loading modules).
--- See `ins-autocompletion`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.autocompletetimeout = 80
vim.o.act = vim.o.autocompletetimeout
vim.go.autocompletetimeout = vim.o.autocompletetimeout
vim.go.act = vim.go.autocompletetimeout

--- Copy indent from current line when starting a new line (typing <CR>
--- in Insert mode or when using the "o" or "O" command).  If you do not
--- type anything on the new line except <BS> or CTRL-D and then type
--- <Esc>, CTRL-O or <CR>, the indent is deleted again.  Moving the cursor
--- to another line has the same effect, unless the 'I' flag is included
--- in 'cpoptions'.
--- When autoindent is on, formatting (with the "gq" command or when you
--- reach 'textwidth' in Insert mode) uses the indentation of the first
--- line.
--- When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
--- a different way.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autoindent = true
vim.o.ai = vim.o.autoindent
vim.bo.autoindent = vim.o.autoindent
vim.bo.ai = vim.bo.autoindent

--- When a file has been detected to have been changed outside of Vim and
--- it has not been changed inside of Vim, automatically read it again.
--- When the file has been deleted this is not done, so you have the text
--- from before it was deleted.  When it appears again then it is read.
--- `timestamp`
--- If this option has a local value, use this command to switch back to
--- using the global value:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set autoread<
--- ```
---
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autoread = true
vim.o.ar = vim.o.autoread
vim.bo.autoread = vim.o.autoread
vim.bo.ar = vim.bo.autoread
vim.go.autoread = vim.o.autoread
vim.go.ar = vim.go.autoread

--- Write the contents of the file, if it has been modified, on each
--- `:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:stop`,
--- `:suspend`, `:tag`, `:!`, `:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
--- a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
--- to another file.
--- A buffer is not written if it becomes hidden, e.g. when 'bufhidden' is
--- set to "hide" and `:next` is used.
--- Note that for some commands the 'autowrite' option is not used, see
--- 'autowriteall' for that.
--- Some buffers will not be written, specifically when 'buftype' is
--- "nowrite", "nofile", "terminal" or "prompt".
--- USE WITH CARE: If you make temporary changes to a buffer that you
--- don't want to be saved this option may cause it to be saved anyway.
--- Renaming the buffer with ":file {name}" may help avoid this.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autowrite = false
vim.o.aw = vim.o.autowrite
vim.go.autowrite = vim.o.autowrite
vim.go.aw = vim.go.autowrite

--- Like 'autowrite', but also used for commands ":edit", ":enew",
--- ":quit", ":qall", ":exit", ":xit", ":recover" and closing the Vim
--- window.
--- Setting this option also implies that Vim behaves like 'autowrite' has
--- been set.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.autowriteall = false
vim.o.awa = vim.o.autowriteall
vim.go.autowriteall = vim.o.autowriteall
vim.go.awa = vim.go.autowriteall

--- When set to "dark" or "light", adjusts the default color groups for
--- that background type.  The `TUI` or other UI sets this on startup
--- (triggering `OptionSet`) if it can detect the background color.
---
--- This option does NOT change the background color, it tells Nvim what
--- the "inherited" (terminal/GUI) background looks like.
--- See `:hi-normal` if you want to set the background color explicitly.
--- 					*g:colors_name*
--- When a color scheme is loaded (the "g:colors_name" variable is set)
--- changing 'background' will cause the color scheme to be reloaded.  If
--- the color scheme adjusts to the value of 'background' this will work.
--- However, if the color scheme sets 'background' itself the effect may
--- be undone.  First delete the "g:colors_name" variable when needed.
---
--- Normally this option would be set in the vimrc file.  Possibly
--- depending on the terminal name.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	if $TERM ==# "xterm"
--- 	  set background=dark
--- 	endif
--- ```
--- When this option is changed, the default settings for the highlight groups
--- will change.  To use other settings, place ":highlight" commands AFTER
--- the setting of the 'background' option.
---
--- @type 'light'|'dark'
vim.o.background = "dark"
vim.o.bg = vim.o.background
vim.go.background = vim.o.background
vim.go.bg = vim.go.background

--- Influences the working of <BS>, <Del>, CTRL-W and CTRL-U in Insert
--- mode.  This is a list of items, separated by commas.  Each item allows
--- a way to backspace over something:
--- value	effect	~
--- indent	allow backspacing over autoindent
--- eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
--- start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
--- 	stop once at the start of insert.
--- nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start
--- 	of insert.
---
--- When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used, none of
--- the ways mentioned for the items above are possible.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.backspace = "indent,eol,start"
vim.o.bs = vim.o.backspace
vim.go.backspace = vim.o.backspace
vim.go.bs = vim.go.backspace

--- Make a backup before overwriting a file.  Leave it around after the
--- file has been successfully written.  If you do not want to keep the
--- backup file, but you do want a backup while the file is being
--- written, reset this option and set the 'writebackup' option (this is
--- the default).  If you do not want a backup file at all reset both
--- options (use this if your file system is almost full).  See the
--- `backup-table` for more explanations.
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
--- When 'patchmode' is set, the backup may be renamed to become the
--- oldest version of a file.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.backup = false
vim.o.bk = vim.o.backup
vim.go.backup = vim.o.backup
vim.go.bk = vim.go.backup

--- When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
--- done.  This is a comma-separated list of words.
---
--- The main values are:
--- "yes"	make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
--- "no"	rename the file and write a new one
--- "auto"	one of the previous, what works best
---
--- Extra values that can be combined with the ones above are:
--- "breaksymlink"	always break symlinks when writing
--- "breakhardlink"	always break hardlinks when writing
---
--- Making a copy and overwriting the original file:
--- - Takes extra time to copy the file.
--- + When the file has special attributes, is a (hard/symbolic) link or
---   has a resource fork, all this is preserved.
--- - When the file is a link the backup will have the name of the link,
---   not of the real file.
---
--- Renaming the file and writing a new one:
--- + It's fast.
--- - Sometimes not all attributes of the file can be copied to the new
---   file.
--- - When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.
---
--- The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming the
--- file is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on
--- and the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected,
--- a copy will be made.
---
--- The "breaksymlink" and "breakhardlink" values can be used in
--- combination with any of "yes", "no" and "auto".  When included, they
--- force Vim to always break either symbolic or hard links by doing
--- exactly what the "no" option does, renaming the original file to
--- become the backup and writing a new file in its place.  This can be
--- useful for example in source trees where all the files are symbolic or
--- hard links and any changes should stay in the local source tree, not
--- be propagated back to the original source.
--- 							*crontab*
--- One situation where "no" and "auto" will cause problems: A program
--- that opens a file, invokes Vim to edit that file, and then tests if
--- the open file was changed (through the file descriptor) will check the
--- backup file instead of the newly created file.  "crontab -e" is an
--- example, as are several `file-watcher` daemons like inotify.  In that
--- case you probably want to switch this option.
---
--- When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
--- with the new text.  This means that protection bits, owner and
--- symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file,
--- however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file.  The
--- group of the backup is set to the group of the original file.  If this
--- fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same as for
--- others.
---
--- When the file is renamed, this is the other way around: The backup has
--- the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
--- is owned by the current user.  When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
--- link, the new file will not!  That's why the "auto" value doesn't
--- rename when the file is a link.  The owner and group of the newly
--- written file will be set to the same ones as the original file, but
--- the system may refuse to do this.  In that case the "auto" value will
--- again not rename the file.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.backupcopy = "auto"
vim.o.bkc = vim.o.backupcopy
vim.bo.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
vim.bo.bkc = vim.bo.backupcopy
vim.go.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
vim.go.bkc = vim.go.backupcopy

--- List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
--- - The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
---   where this is possible.  If none of the directories exist Nvim will
---   attempt to create the last directory in the list.
--- - Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
---   impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
--- - A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
---   as the edited file.
--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
---   the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
---   "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
---   ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
---   of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
---   name, precede it with a backslash.
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
--- - A directory name may end in an '/'.
--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
---   the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
---   with all path separators changed to percent '%' signs.  This will
---   ensure file name uniqueness in the backup directory.
---   On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
---   separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
---   include the comma in the file name.  Therefore it is recommended to
---   use '//', instead of '\\'.
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
---   get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set bdir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
--- ```
---
--- See also 'backup' and 'writebackup' options.
--- If you want to hide your backup files on Unix, consider this value:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set backupdir=./.backup,~/.backup,.,/tmp
--- ```
--- You must create a ".backup" directory in each directory and in your
--- home directory for this to work properly.
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.backupdir = ".,$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/backup//"
vim.o.bdir = vim.o.backupdir
vim.go.backupdir = vim.o.backupdir
vim.go.bdir = vim.go.backupdir

--- String which is appended to a file name to make the name of the
--- backup file.  The default is quite unusual, because this avoids
--- accidentally overwriting existing files with a backup file.  You might
--- prefer using ".bak", but make sure that you don't have files with
--- ".bak" that you want to keep.
--- Only normal file name characters can be used; `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
---
--- If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
--- autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
--- include a timestamp.
---
--- ```vim
--- 	au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' .. strftime("%Y%b%d%X") .. '~'
--- ```
--- Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.backupext = "~"
vim.o.bex = vim.o.backupext
vim.go.backupext = vim.o.backupext
vim.go.bex = vim.go.backupext

--- A list of file patterns.  When one of the patterns matches with the
--- name of the file which is written, no backup file is created.  Both
--- the specified file name and the full path name of the file are used.
--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
--- Watch out for special characters, see `option-backslash`.
--- When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, it is not used for the
--- default value.  "/tmp/*" is only used for Unix.
---
--- WARNING: Not having a backup file means that when Vim fails to write
--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
--- lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only disable
--- backups if you don't care about losing the file.
---
--- Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
--- $HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') .. '/tmp/*'
--- ```
--- Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
--- backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
--- the newly created file).  Also see 'backupcopy' and `crontab`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.backupskip = "/tmp/*"
vim.o.bsk = vim.o.backupskip
vim.go.backupskip = vim.o.backupskip
vim.go.bsk = vim.go.backupskip

--- Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung.  It is a comma-
--- separated list of items.  For each item that is present, the bell will
--- be silenced.  This is most useful to specify specific events in insert
--- mode to be silenced.
--- You can also make it flash by using 'visualbell'.
---
--- item	    meaning when present	~
--- all	    All events.
--- backspace   When hitting <BS> or <Del> and deleting results in an
--- 	    error.
--- cursor	    Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
--- 	    <PageUp>/<PageDown> in `Insert-mode`.
--- complete    Error occurred when using `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K` or
--- 	    `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`.
--- copy	    Cannot copy char from insert mode using `i_CTRL-Y` or
--- 	    `i_CTRL-E`.
--- ctrlg	    Unknown Char after <C-G> in Insert mode.
--- error	    Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
--- 	    (mostly used in `Normal-mode` or `Cmdline-mode`).
--- esc	    hitting <Esc> in `Normal-mode`.
--- hangul	    Ignored.
--- lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
--- mess	    No output available for `g<`.
--- showmatch   Error occurred for 'showmatch' function.
--- operator    Empty region error `cpo-E`.
--- register    Unknown register after <C-R> in `Insert-mode`.
--- shell	    Bell from shell output `:!`.
--- spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
--- term	    Bell from `:terminal` output.
--- wildmode    More matches in `cmdline-completion` available
--- 	    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
---
--- This is most useful to fine tune when in Insert mode the bell should
--- be rung.  For Normal mode and Ex commands, the bell is often rung to
--- indicate that an error occurred.  It can be silenced by adding the
--- "error" keyword.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.belloff = "all"
vim.o.bo = vim.o.belloff
vim.go.belloff = vim.o.belloff
vim.go.bo = vim.go.belloff

--- This option should be set before editing a binary file.  You can also
--- use the `-b` Vim argument.  When this option is switched on a few
--- options will be changed (also when it already was on):
--- 	'textwidth'  will be set to 0
--- 	'wrapmargin' will be set to 0
--- 	'modeline'   will be off
--- 	'expandtab'  will be off
--- Also, 'fileformat' and 'fileformats' options will not be used, the
--- file is read and written like 'fileformat' was "unix" (a single <NL>
--- separates lines).
--- The 'fileencoding' and 'fileencodings' options will not be used, the
--- file is read without conversion.
--- NOTE: When you start editing a(nother) file while the 'bin' option is
--- on, settings from autocommands may change the settings again (e.g.,
--- 'textwidth'), causing trouble when editing.  You might want to set
--- 'bin' again when the file has been loaded.
--- The previous values of these options are remembered and restored when
--- 'bin' is switched from on to off.  Each buffer has its own set of
--- saved option values.
--- To edit a file with 'binary' set you can use the `++bin` argument.
--- This avoids you have to do ":set bin", which would have effect for all
--- files you edit.
--- When writing a file the <EOL> for the last line is only written if
--- there was one in the original file (normally Vim appends an <EOL> to
--- the last line if there is none; this would make the file longer).  See
--- the 'endofline' option.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.binary = false
vim.o.bin = vim.o.binary
vim.bo.binary = vim.o.binary
vim.bo.bin = vim.bo.binary

--- When writing a file and the following conditions are met, a BOM (Byte
--- Order Mark) is prepended to the file:
--- - this option is on
--- - the 'binary' option is off
--- - 'fileencoding' is "utf-8", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" or one of the little/big
---   endian variants.
--- Some applications use the BOM to recognize the encoding of the file.
--- Often used for UCS-2 files on MS-Windows.  For other applications it
--- causes trouble, for example: "cat file1 file2" makes the BOM of file2
--- appear halfway through the resulting file.  Gcc doesn't accept a BOM.
--- When Vim reads a file and 'fileencodings' starts with "ucs-bom", a
--- check for the presence of the BOM is done and 'bomb' set accordingly.
--- Unless 'binary' is set, it is removed from the first line, so that you
--- don't see it when editing.  When you don't change the options, the BOM
--- will be restored when writing the file.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.bomb = false
vim.bo.bomb = vim.o.bomb

--- This option lets you choose which characters might cause a line
--- break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII characters.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.breakat = " \t!@*-+;:,./?"
vim.o.brk = vim.o.breakat
vim.go.breakat = vim.o.breakat
vim.go.brk = vim.go.breakat

--- Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
--- space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal
--- blocks of text.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.breakindent = false
vim.o.bri = vim.o.breakindent
vim.wo.breakindent = vim.o.breakindent
vim.wo.bri = vim.wo.breakindent

--- Settings for 'breakindent'.  It can consist of the following optional
--- items and must be separated by a comma:
--- 	min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
--- 		    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
--- 		    text should normally be narrower.  This prevents
--- 		    text indented almost to the right window border
--- 		    occupying lots of vertical space when broken.
--- 		    (default: 20)
--- 	shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
--- 		    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
--- 		    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
--- 		    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
--- 		    continuation (positive).
--- 		    (default: 0)
--- 	sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the
--- 		    additional indent.
--- 		    (default: off)
--- 	list:{n}    Adds an additional indent for lines that match a
--- 		    numbered or bulleted list (using the
--- 		    'formatlistpat' setting).
--- 		    (default: 0)
--- 	list:-1	    Uses the width of a match with 'formatlistpat' for
--- 		    indentation.
--- 	column:{n}  Indent at column {n}.  Will overrule the other
--- 		    sub-options.  Note: an additional indent may be
--- 		    added for the 'showbreak' setting.
--- 		    (default: off)
---
--- @type string
vim.o.breakindentopt = ""
vim.o.briopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
vim.wo.breakindentopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
vim.wo.briopt = vim.wo.breakindentopt

--- This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
--- displayed in a window:
---   <empty>	follow the global 'hidden' option
---   hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), even if 'hidden' is
--- 		not set
---   unload	unload the buffer, even if 'hidden' is set; the
--- 		`:hide` command will also unload the buffer
---   delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, even if
--- 		'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also delete
--- 		the buffer, making it behave like `:bdelete`
---   wipe		wipe the buffer from the buffer list, even if
--- 		'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also wipe
--- 		out the buffer, making it behave like `:bwipeout`
---
--- CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
--- are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
--- that switch between buffers temporarily.
--- This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
--- special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
---
--- @type ''|'hide'|'unload'|'delete'|'wipe'
vim.o.bufhidden = ""
vim.o.bh = vim.o.bufhidden
vim.bo.bufhidden = vim.o.bufhidden
vim.bo.bh = vim.bo.bufhidden

--- When this option is set, the buffer shows up in the buffer list.  If
--- it is reset it is not used for ":bnext", "ls", the Buffers menu, etc.
--- This option is reset by Vim for buffers that are only used to remember
--- a file name or marks.  Vim sets it when starting to edit a buffer.
--- But not when moving to a buffer with ":buffer".
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.buflisted = true
vim.o.bl = vim.o.buflisted
vim.bo.buflisted = vim.o.buflisted
vim.bo.bl = vim.bo.buflisted

--- The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
---   <empty>	normal buffer
---   acwrite	buffer will always be written with `BufWriteCmd`s
---   help		help buffer (do not set this manually)
---   nofile	buffer is not related to a file, will not be written
---   nowrite	buffer will not be written
---   prompt	buffer where only the last section can be edited, for
--- 		use by plugins. `prompt-buffer`
---   quickfix	list of errors `:cwindow` or locations `:lwindow`
---   terminal	`terminal-emulator` buffer
---
--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
--- specify special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
--- Also see `win_gettype()`, which returns the type of the window.
---
--- Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
--- One such effect is that Vim will not check the timestamp of the file,
--- if the file is changed by another program this will not be noticed.
---
--- A "quickfix" buffer is only used for the error list and the location
--- list.  This value is set by the `:cwindow` and `:lwindow` commands and
--- you are not supposed to change it.
---
--- "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers are similar:
--- both:		The buffer is not to be written to disk, ":w" doesn't
--- 		work (":w filename" does work though).
--- both:		The buffer is never considered to be 'modified'.
--- 		There is no warning when the changes will be lost, for
--- 		example when you quit Vim.
--- both:		A swap file is only created when using too much memory
--- 		(when 'swapfile' has been reset there is never a swap
--- 		file).
--- nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
--- 		file name.  It is not modified in response to a `:cd`
--- 		command.
--- both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
--- 		the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
--- 		triggered as usual for `:edit`.
--- 						*E676*
--- "acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
--- "nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
--- "nowrite", ":w" does work and a modified buffer can't be abandoned
--- without saving.  For writing there must be matching `BufWriteCmd`,
--- `FileWriteCmd` or `FileAppendCmd` autocommands.
---
--- @type ''|'acwrite'|'help'|'nofile'|'nowrite'|'quickfix'|'terminal'|'prompt'
vim.o.buftype = ""
vim.o.bt = vim.o.buftype
vim.bo.buftype = vim.o.buftype
vim.bo.bt = vim.bo.buftype

--- Sets a buffer "busy" status. Indicated in the default statusline.
--- When busy status is larger then 0 busy flag is shown in statusline.
--- The semantics of "busy" are arbitrary, typically decided by the plugin that owns the buffer.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.busy = 0
vim.bo.busy = vim.o.busy

--- Specifies details about changing the case of letters.  It may contain
--- these words, separated by a comma:
--- internal	Use internal case mapping functions, the current
--- 		locale does not change the case mapping. When
--- 		"internal" is omitted, the towupper() and towlower()
--- 		system library functions are used when available.
--- keepascii	For the ASCII characters (0x00 to 0x7f) use the US
--- 		case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
--- 		This probably only matters for Turkish.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.casemap = "internal,keepascii"
vim.o.cmp = vim.o.casemap
vim.go.casemap = vim.o.casemap
vim.go.cmp = vim.go.casemap

--- When on, `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` without an argument changes the
--- current working directory to the `$HOME` directory like in Unix.
--- When off, those commands just print the current directory name.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.cdhome = true
vim.o.cdh = vim.o.cdhome
vim.go.cdhome = vim.o.cdhome
vim.go.cdh = vim.go.cdhome

--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
--- `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` commands, provided that the directory being
--- searched for has a relative path, not an absolute part starting with
--- "/", "./" or "../", the 'cdpath' option is not used then.
--- The 'cdpath' option's value has the same form and semantics as
--- 'path'.  Also see `file-searching`.
--- The default value is taken from $CDPATH, with a "," prepended to look
--- in the current directory first.
--- If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
--- a modified version of the following command in your vimrc file to
--- override it:
---
--- ```vim
---   let &cdpath = ',' .. substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
--- ```
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
--- (parts of 'cdpath' can be passed to the shell to expand file names).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cdpath = ",,"
vim.o.cd = vim.o.cdpath
vim.go.cdpath = vim.o.cdpath
vim.go.cd = vim.go.cdpath

--- The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
--- Only non-printable keys are allowed.
--- The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
--- type.  The preferred way is to use `key-notation` (e.g. <Up>, <C-F>) or
--- a letter preceded with a caret (e.g. `^F` is CTRL-F).  Examples:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set cedit=^Y
--- 	set cedit=<Esc>
--- ```
--- `Nvi` also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
--- See `cmdwin`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cedit = "\6"
vim.go.cedit = vim.o.cedit

--- `channel` connected to the buffer, or 0 if no channel is connected.
--- In a `:terminal` buffer this is the terminal channel.
--- Read-only.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.channel = 0
vim.bo.channel = vim.o.channel

--- An expression that is used for character encoding conversion.  It is
--- evaluated when a file that is to be read or has been written has a
--- different encoding from what is desired.
--- 'charconvert' is not used when the internal iconv() function is
--- supported and is able to do the conversion.  Using iconv() is
--- preferred, because it is much faster.
--- 'charconvert' is not used when reading stdin `--`, because there is no
--- file to convert from.  You will have to save the text in a file first.
--- The expression must return zero, false or an empty string for success,
--- non-zero or true for failure.
--- See `encoding-names` for possible encoding names.
--- Additionally, names given in 'fileencodings' and 'fileencoding' are
--- used.
--- Conversion between "latin1", "unicode", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" and "utf-8"
--- is done internally by Vim, 'charconvert' is not used for this.
--- Also used for Unicode conversion.
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set charconvert=CharConvert()
--- 	fun CharConvert()
--- 	  system("recode "
--- 		\ .. v:charconvert_from .. ".." .. v:charconvert_to
--- 		\ .. " <" .. v:fname_in .. " >" .. v:fname_out)
--- 	  return v:shell_error
--- 	endfun
--- ```
--- The related Vim variables are:
--- 	v:charconvert_from	name of the current encoding
--- 	v:charconvert_to	name of the desired encoding
--- 	v:fname_in		name of the input file
--- 	v:fname_out		name of the output file
--- Note that v:fname_in and v:fname_out will never be the same.
---
--- The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
--- faster, see `expr-option-function`.
---
--- If the 'charconvert' expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is
--- replaced with the script ID (`local-function`).  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set charconvert=s:MyConvert()
--- 	set charconvert=<SID>SomeConvert()
--- ```
--- Otherwise the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.charconvert = ""
vim.o.ccv = vim.o.charconvert
vim.go.charconvert = vim.o.charconvert
vim.go.ccv = vim.go.charconvert

--- Number of quickfix lists that should be remembered for the quickfix
--- stack.  Must be between 1 and 100.  If the option is set to a value
--- that is lower than the amount of entries in the quickfix list stack,
--- entries will be removed starting from the oldest one.  If the current
--- quickfix list was removed, then the quickfix list at top of the stack
--- (the most recently created) will be used in its place.  For additional
--- info, see `quickfix-stack`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.chistory = 10
vim.o.chi = vim.o.chistory
vim.go.chistory = vim.o.chistory
vim.go.chi = vim.go.chistory

--- Enables automatic C program indenting.  See 'cinkeys' to set the keys
--- that trigger reindenting in insert mode and 'cinoptions' to set your
--- preferred indent style.
--- If 'indentexpr' is not empty, it overrules 'cindent'.
--- If 'lisp' is not on and both 'indentexpr' and 'equalprg' are empty,
--- the "=" operator indents using this algorithm rather than calling an
--- external program.
--- See `C-indenting`.
--- When you don't like the way 'cindent' works, try the 'smartindent'
--- option or 'indentexpr'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.cindent = false
vim.o.cin = vim.o.cindent
vim.bo.cindent = vim.o.cindent
vim.bo.cin = vim.bo.cindent

--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
--- the current line.  Only used if 'cindent' is on and 'indentexpr' is
--- empty.
--- For the format of this option see `cinkeys-format`.
--- See `C-indenting`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cinkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
vim.o.cink = vim.o.cinkeys
vim.bo.cinkeys = vim.o.cinkeys
vim.bo.cink = vim.bo.cinkeys

--- The 'cinoptions' affect the way 'cindent' reindents lines in a C
--- program.  See `cinoptions-values` for the values of this option, and
--- `C-indenting` for info on C indenting in general.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cinoptions = ""
vim.o.cino = vim.o.cinoptions
vim.bo.cinoptions = vim.o.cinoptions
vim.bo.cino = vim.bo.cinoptions

--- Keywords that are interpreted as a C++ scope declaration by `cino-g`.
--- Useful e.g. for working with the Qt framework that defines additional
--- scope declarations "signals", "public slots" and "private slots":
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set cinscopedecls+=signals,public\ slots,private\ slots
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cinscopedecls = "public,protected,private"
vim.o.cinsd = vim.o.cinscopedecls
vim.bo.cinscopedecls = vim.o.cinscopedecls
vim.bo.cinsd = vim.bo.cinscopedecls

--- These keywords start an extra indent in the next line when
--- 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is set.  For 'cindent' this is only done at
--- an appropriate place (inside {}).
--- Note that 'ignorecase' isn't used for 'cinwords'.  If case doesn't
--- matter, include the keyword both the uppercase and lowercase:
--- "if,If,IF".
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cinwords = "if,else,while,do,for,switch"
vim.o.cinw = vim.o.cinwords
vim.bo.cinwords = vim.o.cinwords
vim.bo.cinw = vim.bo.cinwords

--- This option is a list of comma-separated names.
--- These names are recognized:
---
--- 					*clipboard-unnamed*
--- unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register "*"
--- 		for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
--- 		would normally go to the unnamed register.  When a
--- 		register is explicitly specified, it will always be
--- 		used regardless of whether "unnamed" is in 'clipboard'
--- 		or not.  The clipboard register can always be
--- 		explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
--- 		`clipboard`.
---
--- 					*clipboard-unnamedplus*
--- unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
--- 		clipboard register "+" (`quoteplus`) instead of
--- 		register "*" for all yank, delete, change and put
--- 		operations which would normally go to the unnamed
--- 		register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
--- 		option, yank and delete operations (but not put)
--- 		will additionally copy the text into register
--- 		"*". See `clipboard`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.clipboard = ""
vim.o.cb = vim.o.clipboard
vim.go.clipboard = vim.o.clipboard
vim.go.cb = vim.go.clipboard

--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line.  Helps avoiding
--- `hit-enter` prompts.
--- The value of this option is stored with the tab page, so that each tab
--- page can have a different value.
---
--- When 'cmdheight' is zero, there is no command-line unless it is being
--- used.  The command-line will cover the last line of the screen when
--- shown.
---
--- WARNING: `cmdheight=0` is EXPERIMENTAL. Works better with `ui2` enabled.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.cmdheight = 1
vim.o.ch = vim.o.cmdheight
vim.go.cmdheight = vim.o.cmdheight
vim.go.ch = vim.go.cmdheight

--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. `cmdwin`
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.cmdwinheight = 7
vim.o.cwh = vim.o.cmdwinheight
vim.go.cmdwinheight = vim.o.cmdwinheight
vim.go.cwh = vim.go.cmdwinheight

--- 'colorcolumn' is a comma-separated list of screen columns that are
--- highlighted with ColorColumn `hl-ColorColumn`.  Useful to align
--- text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
--- The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
--- '+' or '-', which is added to or subtracted from 'textwidth'.
---
--- ```vim
---
--- 	set cc=+1	  " highlight column after 'textwidth'
--- 	set cc=+1,+2,+3  " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'
--- 	hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey
--- ```
---
--- When 'textwidth' is zero then the items with '-' and '+' are not used.
--- A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.colorcolumn = ""
vim.o.cc = vim.o.colorcolumn
vim.wo.colorcolumn = vim.o.colorcolumn
vim.wo.cc = vim.wo.colorcolumn

--- Number of columns of the screen.  Normally this is set by the terminal
--- initialization and does not have to be set by hand.
--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
--- option will cause the window size to be changed.  When you only want
--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `ginit.vim` file.
--- When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
--- number of columns of the display, the display may be messed up.  For
--- the GUI it is always possible and Vim limits the number of columns to
--- what fits on the screen.  You can use this command to get the widest
--- window possible:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set columns=9999
--- ```
--- Minimum value is 12, maximum value is 10000.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.columns = 80
vim.o.co = vim.o.columns
vim.go.columns = vim.o.columns
vim.go.co = vim.go.columns

--- A comma-separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
--- `format-comments`.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes to
--- insert a space.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.comments = "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-,fb:•"
vim.o.com = vim.o.comments
vim.bo.comments = vim.o.comments
vim.bo.com = vim.bo.comments

--- A template for a comment.  The "%s" in the value is replaced with the
--- comment text, and should be padded with a space when possible.
--- Used for `commenting` and to add markers for folding, see `fold-marker`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.commentstring = ""
vim.o.cms = vim.o.commentstring
vim.bo.commentstring = vim.o.commentstring
vim.bo.cms = vim.bo.commentstring

--- This option controls how completion `ins-completion` behaves when
--- using CTRL-P, CTRL-N, or `ins-autocompletion`.  It is also used for
--- whole-line completion `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L`.  It indicates the type of
--- completion and the places to scan.  It is a comma-separated list of
--- flags:
--- .	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
--- w	scan buffers from other windows
--- b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
--- u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
--- U	scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
--- k	scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
--- kspell  use the currently active spell checking `spell`
--- k{dict}	scan the file {dict}.  Several "k" flags can be given,
--- 	patterns are valid too.  For example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 		set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
--- ```
--- s	scan the files given with the 'thesaurus' option
--- s{tsr}	scan the file {tsr}.  Several "s" flags can be given, patterns
--- 	are valid too.
--- i	scan current and included files
--- d	scan current and included files for defined name or macro
--- 	`i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D`
--- ]	tag completion
--- t	same as "]"
--- f	scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
--- F{func}	call the function {func}.  Multiple "F" flags may be
--- 	specified.  Refer to `complete-functions` for details on how
--- 	the function is invoked and what it should return.  The value
--- 	can be the name of a function or a `Funcref`.  For `Funcref`
--- 	values, spaces must be escaped with a backslash ('\'), and
--- 	commas with double backslashes ('\\') (see `option-backslash`).
--- 	Unlike other sources, functions can provide completions
--- 	starting from a non-keyword character before the cursor, and
--- 	their start position for replacing text may differ from other
--- 	sources.  If the Dict returned by the {func} includes
--- 	`{"refresh": "always"}`, the function will be invoked again
--- 	whenever the leading text changes.
--- 	If generating matches is potentially slow, call
--- 	`complete_check()` periodically to keep Vim responsive.  This
--- 	is especially important for `ins-autocompletion`.
--- F	equivalent to using "F{func}", where the function is taken
--- 	from the 'completefunc' option.
--- o	equivalent to using "F{func}", where the function is taken
--- 	from the 'omnifunc' option.
---
--- Unloaded buffers are not loaded, thus their autocmds `:autocmd` are
--- not executed, this may lead to unexpected completions from some files
--- (gzipped files for example).  Unloaded buffers are not scanned for
--- whole-line completion.
---
--- CTRL-N, CTRL-P, and `ins-autocompletion` can be used for any
--- 'iskeyword'-based completion (dictionary `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`, included
--- patterns `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I`, tags `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]`, and normal
--- expansions).  With the "F" and "o" flags in 'complete', non-keywords
--- can also be completed.
---
--- An optional match limit can be specified for a completion source by
--- appending a caret ("^") followed by a {count} to the source flag.
--- For example: ".^9,w,u,t^5" limits matches from the current buffer to 9
--- and from tags to 5.  Other sources remain unlimited.
--- Note: The match limit takes effect only during forward completion
--- (CTRL-N) and is ignored during backward completion (CTRL-P).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.complete = ".,w,b,u,t"
vim.o.cpt = vim.o.complete
vim.bo.complete = vim.o.complete
vim.bo.cpt = vim.bo.complete

--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
--- with CTRL-X CTRL-U. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U`
--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
--- invoked and what it should return.  The value can be the name of a
--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.  See `option-value-function` for
--- more information.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.completefunc = ""
vim.o.cfu = vim.o.completefunc
vim.bo.completefunc = vim.o.completefunc
vim.bo.cfu = vim.bo.completefunc

--- A comma-separated list of strings that controls the alignment and
--- display order of items in the popup menu during Insert mode
--- completion.  The supported values are "abbr", "kind", and "menu".
--- These values allow customizing how `complete-items` are shown in the
--- popup menu.  Note: must always contain those three values in any
--- order.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.completeitemalign = "abbr,kind,menu"
vim.o.cia = vim.o.completeitemalign
vim.go.completeitemalign = vim.o.completeitemalign
vim.go.cia = vim.go.completeitemalign

--- A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
--- `ins-completion`.  The supported values are:
---
---    fuzzy    Enable `fuzzy-matching` for completion candidates.  This
--- 	    allows for more flexible and intuitive matching, where
--- 	    characters can be skipped and matches can be found even
--- 	    if the exact sequence is not typed (disabled for thesaurus
--- 	    completion `compl-thesaurus`).
---
---    longest
--- 	    When 'autocomplete' is not active, only the longest common
--- 	    prefix of the matches is inserted (disabled for thesaurus
--- 	    completion `compl-thesaurus`).  If the popup menu is
--- 	    displayed, you can use CTRL-L to add more characters.
--- 	    Whether case is ignored depends on the type of completion.
--- 	    For buffer text the 'ignorecase' option applies.
---
--- 	    When 'autocomplete' is active and no completion item is
--- 	    selected, the longest common prefix of the matches is
--- 	    inserted after the cursor.  The prefix is taken either
--- 	    from all displayed items or only from items in the current
--- 	    buffer.  The inserted text is highlighted with
--- 	    `hl-PreInsert`, and the cursor position does not change
--- 	    (similar to `"preinsert"`).  Press CTRL-Y to accept.
--- 	    See also `preinserted()`.
---
---    menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
--- 	    menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
--- 	    sufficient colors are available.  `ins-completion-menu`
---
---    menuone  Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
--- 	    Useful when there is additional information about the
--- 	    match, e.g., what file it comes from.
---
---    nearest  Matches are listed based on their proximity to the cursor
--- 	    position, unlike the default behavior, which only
--- 	    considers proximity for matches appearing below the
--- 	    cursor.  This applies only to matches from the current
--- 	    buffer.  No effect if "fuzzy" is present.
---
---    noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
--- 	    a match from the menu.  Only works in combination with
--- 	    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
---
---    noselect Same as "noinsert", except that no menu item is
--- 	    pre-selected.  If both "noinsert" and "noselect" are
--- 	    present, "noselect" takes precedence.  This is enabled
--- 	    automatically when 'autocomplete' is on, unless
--- 	    "preinsert" is also enabled.
---
---    nosort   Disable sorting of completion candidates based on fuzzy
--- 	    scores when "fuzzy" is enabled.  Candidates will appear
--- 	    in their original order.
---
---    popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
--- 	    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
--- 	    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
---
---    preinsert
--- 	    Inserts the text of the first completion candidate beyond
--- 	    the current leader, highlighted with `hl-PreInsert`.
--- 	    The cursor does not move.
--- 	    Requires "fuzzy" to be unset, and either "menuone" in
--- 	    'completeopt' or 'autocomplete' enabled.  When
--- 	    'autocomplete' is enabled, this does not work if
--- 	    'ignorecase' is set without 'infercase'.
--- 	    See also `preinserted()`.
---
---    preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
--- 	    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
--- 	    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
---
--- Only "fuzzy", "longest", "popup", "preinsert" and "preview" have an
--- effect when 'autocomplete' is enabled.
---
--- This option does not apply to `cmdline-completion`.  See 'wildoptions'
--- for that.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.completeopt = "menu,popup"
vim.o.cot = vim.o.completeopt
vim.bo.completeopt = vim.o.completeopt
vim.bo.cot = vim.bo.completeopt
vim.go.completeopt = vim.o.completeopt
vim.go.cot = vim.go.completeopt

--- 		only modifiable in MS-Windows
--- When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
--- - When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
---   completion in insert mode.  This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
---   Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
--- - When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used.  This is
---   useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on
---   MS-Windows.
--- - When this option is empty, same character is used as for
---   'shellslash'.
--- For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
--- command line completion the global value is used.
---
--- @type ''|'slash'|'backslash'
vim.o.completeslash = ""
vim.o.csl = vim.o.completeslash
vim.bo.completeslash = vim.o.completeslash
vim.bo.csl = vim.bo.completeslash

--- Like 'autocompletetimeout', but applies to `i_CTRL-N` and `i_CTRL-P`
--- completion.  Value of 0 disables the timeout; positive values allowed.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.completetimeout = 0
vim.o.cto = vim.o.completetimeout
vim.go.completetimeout = vim.o.completetimeout
vim.go.cto = vim.go.completetimeout

--- Sets the modes in which text in the cursor line can also be concealed.
--- When the current mode is listed then concealing happens just like in
--- other lines.
---   n		Normal mode
---   v		Visual mode
---   i		Insert mode
---   c		Command line editing, for 'incsearch'
---
--- 'v' applies to all lines in the Visual area, not only the cursor.
--- A useful value is "nc".  This is used in help files.  So long as you
--- are moving around text is concealed, but when starting to insert text
--- or selecting a Visual area the concealed text is displayed, so that
--- you can see what you are doing.
--- Keep in mind that the cursor position is not always where it's
--- displayed.  E.g., when moving vertically it may change column.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.concealcursor = ""
vim.o.cocu = vim.o.concealcursor
vim.wo.concealcursor = vim.o.concealcursor
vim.wo.cocu = vim.wo.concealcursor

--- Determine how text with the "conceal" syntax attribute `:syn-conceal`
--- is shown:
---
--- Value		Effect ~
--- 0		Text is shown normally
--- 1		Each block of concealed text is replaced with one
--- 		character.  If the syntax item does not have a custom
--- 		replacement character defined (see `:syn-cchar`) the
--- 		character defined in 'listchars' is used.
--- 		It is highlighted with the "Conceal" highlight group.
--- 2		Concealed text is completely hidden unless it has a
--- 		custom replacement character defined (see
--- 		`:syn-cchar`).
--- 3		Concealed text is completely hidden.
---
--- Note: in the cursor line concealed text is not hidden, so that you can
--- edit and copy the text.  This can be changed with the 'concealcursor'
--- option.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.conceallevel = 0
vim.o.cole = vim.o.conceallevel
vim.wo.conceallevel = vim.o.conceallevel
vim.wo.cole = vim.wo.conceallevel

--- When 'confirm' is on, certain operations that would normally
--- fail because of unsaved changes to a buffer, e.g. ":q" and ":e",
--- instead raise a dialog asking if you wish to save the current
--- file(s).  You can still use a ! to unconditionally `abandon` a buffer.
--- If 'confirm' is off you can still activate confirmation for one
--- command only (this is most useful in mappings) with the `:confirm`
--- command.
--- Also see the `confirm()` function and the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.confirm = false
vim.o.cf = vim.o.confirm
vim.go.confirm = vim.o.confirm
vim.go.cf = vim.go.confirm

--- Copy the structure of the existing lines indent when autoindenting a
--- new line.  Normally the new indent is reconstructed by a series of
--- tabs followed by spaces as required (unless 'expandtab' is enabled,
--- in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option makes the
--- new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
--- existing line.  'expandtab' has no effect on these characters, a Tab
--- remains a Tab.  If the new indent is greater than on the existing
--- line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
--- See 'preserveindent'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.copyindent = false
vim.o.ci = vim.o.copyindent
vim.bo.copyindent = vim.o.copyindent
vim.bo.ci = vim.bo.copyindent

--- A sequence of single character flags.  When a character is present
--- this indicates Vi-compatible behavior.  This is used for things where
--- not being Vi-compatible is mostly or sometimes preferred.
--- 'cpoptions' stands for "compatible-options".
--- Commas can be added for readability.
--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
---
---     contains	behavior	~
--- 							*cpo-a*
--- 	a	When included, a ":read" command with a file name
--- 		argument will set the alternate file name for the
--- 		current window.
--- 							*cpo-A*
--- 	A	When included, a ":write" command with a file name
--- 		argument will set the alternate file name for the
--- 		current window.
--- 							*cpo-b*
--- 	b	"\|" in a ":map" command is recognized as the end of
--- 		the map command.  The '\' is included in the mapping,
--- 		the text after the '|' is interpreted as the next
--- 		command.  Use a CTRL-V instead of a backslash to
--- 		include the '|' in the mapping.  Applies to all
--- 		mapping, abbreviation, menu and autocmd commands.
--- 		See also `map_bar`.
--- 							*cpo-B*
--- 	B	A backslash has no special meaning in mappings,
--- 		abbreviations, user commands and the "to" part of the
--- 		menu commands.  Remove this flag to be able to use a
--- 		backslash like a CTRL-V.  For example, the command
--- 		":map X \\<Esc>" results in X being mapped to:
--- 			'B' included:	"\^["	 (^[ is a real <Esc>)
--- 			'B' excluded:	"<Esc>"  (5 characters)
--- 							*cpo-c*
--- 	c	Searching continues at the end of any match at the
--- 		cursor position, but not further than the start of the
--- 		next line.  When not present searching continues
--- 		one character from the cursor position.  With 'c'
--- 		"abababababab" only gets three matches when repeating
--- 		"/abab", without 'c' there are five matches.
--- 							*cpo-C*
--- 	C	Do not concatenate sourced lines that start with a
--- 		backslash.  See `line-continuation`.
--- 							*cpo-d*
--- 	d	Using "./" in the 'tags' option doesn't mean to use
--- 		the tags file relative to the current file, but the
--- 		tags file in the current directory.
--- 							*cpo-D*
--- 	D	Can't use CTRL-K to enter a digraph after Normal mode
--- 		commands with a character argument, like `r`, `f` and
--- 		`t`.
--- 							*cpo-e*
--- 	e	When executing a register with ":@r", always add a
--- 		<CR> to the last line, also when the register is not
--- 		linewise.  If this flag is not present, the register
--- 		is not linewise and the last line does not end in a
--- 		<CR>, then the last line is put on the command-line
--- 		and can be edited before hitting <CR>.
--- 							*cpo-E*
--- 	E	It is an error when using "y", "d", "c", "g~", "gu" or
--- 		"gU" on an Empty region.  The operators only work when
--- 		at least one character is to be operated on.  Example:
--- 		This makes "y0" fail in the first column.
--- 							*cpo-f*
--- 	f	When included, a ":read" command with a file name
--- 		argument will set the file name for the current
--- 		buffer, if the current buffer doesn't have a file name
--- 		yet.
--- 							*cpo-F*
--- 	F	When included, a ":write" command with a file name
--- 		argument will set the file name for the current
--- 		buffer, if the current buffer doesn't have a file name
--- 		yet.  Also see `cpo-P`.
--- 							*cpo-i*
--- 	i	When included, interrupting the reading of a file will
--- 		leave it modified.
--- 							*cpo-I*
--- 	I	When moving the cursor up or down just after inserting
--- 		indent for 'autoindent', do not delete the indent.
--- 							*cpo-J*
--- 	J	A `sentence` has to be followed by two spaces after
--- 		the '.', '!' or '?'.  A <Tab> is not recognized as
--- 		white space.
--- 							*cpo-K*
--- 	K	Don't wait for a key code to complete when it is
--- 		halfway through a mapping.  This breaks mapping
--- 		<F1><F1> when only part of the second <F1> has been
--- 		read.  It enables cancelling the mapping by typing
--- 		<F1><Esc>.
--- 							*cpo-l*
--- 	l	Backslash in a [] range in a search pattern is taken
--- 		literally, only "\]", "\^", "\-" and "\\" are special.
--- 		See `/[]`
--- 		   'l' included: "/[ \t]"  finds <Space>, '\' and 't'
--- 		   'l' excluded: "/[ \t]"  finds <Space> and <Tab>
--- 							*cpo-L*
--- 	L	When the 'list' option is set, 'wrapmargin',
--- 		'textwidth', 'softtabstop' and Virtual Replace mode
--- 		(see `gR`) count a <Tab> as two characters, instead of
--- 		the normal behavior of a <Tab>.
--- 							*cpo-m*
--- 	m	When included, a showmatch will always wait half a
--- 		second.  When not included, a showmatch will wait half
--- 		a second or until a character is typed.  'showmatch'
--- 							*cpo-M*
--- 	M	When excluded, "%" matching will take backslashes into
--- 		account.  Thus in "( \( )" and "\( ( \)" the outer
--- 		parenthesis match.  When included "%" ignores
--- 		backslashes, which is Vi compatible.
--- 							*cpo-n*
--- 	n	When included, the column used for 'number' and
--- 		'relativenumber' will also be used for text of wrapped
--- 		lines.
--- 							*cpo-o*
--- 	o	Line offset to search command is not remembered for
--- 		next search.
--- 							*cpo-O*
--- 	O	Don't complain if a file is being overwritten, even
--- 		when it didn't exist when editing it.  This is a
--- 		protection against a file unexpectedly created by
--- 		someone else.  Vi didn't complain about this.
--- 							*cpo-P*
--- 	P	When included, a ":write" command that appends to a
--- 		file will set the file name for the current buffer, if
--- 		the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet and
--- 		the 'F' flag is also included `cpo-F`.
--- 							*cpo-q*
--- 	q	When joining multiple lines leave the cursor at the
--- 		position where it would be when joining two lines.
--- 							*cpo-r*
--- 	r	Redo ("." command) uses "/" to repeat a search
--- 		command, instead of the actually used search string.
--- 							*cpo-R*
--- 	R	Remove marks from filtered lines.  Without this flag
--- 		marks are kept like `:keepmarks` was used.
--- 							*cpo-s*
--- 	s	Set buffer options when entering the buffer for the
--- 		first time.  This is like it is in Vim version 3.0.
--- 		And it is the default.  If not present the options are
--- 		set when the buffer is created.
--- 							*cpo-S*
--- 	S	Set buffer options always when entering a buffer
--- 		(except 'readonly', 'fileformat', 'filetype' and
--- 		'syntax').  This is the (most) Vi compatible setting.
--- 		The options are set to the values in the current
--- 		buffer.  When you change an option and go to another
--- 		buffer, the value is copied.  Effectively makes the
--- 		buffer options global to all buffers.
---
--- 		's'    'S'     copy buffer options
--- 		no     no      when buffer created
--- 		yes    no      when buffer first entered (default)
--- 		 X     yes     each time when buffer entered (vi comp.)
--- 							*cpo-t*
--- 	t	Search pattern for the tag command is remembered for
--- 		"n" command.  Otherwise Vim only puts the pattern in
--- 		the history for search pattern, but doesn't change the
--- 		last used search pattern.
--- 							*cpo-u*
--- 	u	Undo is Vi compatible.  See `undo-two-ways`.
--- 							*cpo-v*
--- 	v	Backspaced characters remain visible on the screen in
--- 		Insert mode.  Without this flag the characters are
--- 		erased from the screen right away.  With this flag the
--- 		screen newly typed text overwrites backspaced
--- 		characters.
--- 							*cpo-W*
--- 	W	Don't overwrite a readonly file.  When omitted, ":w!"
--- 		overwrites a readonly file, if possible.
--- 							*cpo-x*
--- 	x	<Esc> on the command-line executes the command-line.
--- 		The default in Vim is to abandon the command-line,
--- 		because <Esc> normally aborts a command.  `c_<Esc>`
--- 							*cpo-X*
--- 	X	When using a count with "R" the replaced text is
--- 		deleted only once.  Also when repeating "R" with "."
--- 		and a count.
--- 							*cpo-y*
--- 	y	A yank command can be redone with ".".  Think twice if
--- 		you really want to use this, it may break some
--- 		plugins, since most people expect "." to only repeat a
--- 		change.
--- 							*cpo-Z*
--- 	Z	When using "w!" while the 'readonly' option is set,
--- 		don't reset 'readonly'.
--- 							*cpo-!*
--- 	!	When redoing a filter command, use the last used
--- 		external command, whatever it was.  Otherwise the last
--- 		used -filter- command is used.
--- 							*cpo-$*
--- 	$	When making a change to one line, don't redisplay the
--- 		line, but put a '$' at the end of the changed text.
--- 		The changed text will be overwritten when you type the
--- 		new text.  The line is redisplayed if you type any
--- 		command that moves the cursor from the insertion
--- 		point.
--- 							*cpo-%*
--- 	%	Vi-compatible matching is done for the "%" command.
--- 		Does not recognize "#if", "#endif", etc.
--- 		Does not recognize "/*" and "*/".
--- 		Parens inside single and double quotes are also
--- 		counted, causing a string that contains a paren to
--- 		disturb the matching.  For example, in a line like
--- 		"if (strcmp("foo(", s))" the first paren does not
--- 		match the last one.  When this flag is not included,
--- 		parens inside single and double quotes are treated
--- 		specially.  When matching a paren outside of quotes,
--- 		everything inside quotes is ignored.  When matching a
--- 		paren inside quotes, it will find the matching one (if
--- 		there is one).  This works very well for C programs.
--- 		This flag is also used for other features, such as
--- 		C-indenting.
--- 							*cpo-+*
--- 	+	When included, a ":write file" command will reset the
--- 		'modified' flag of the buffer, even though the buffer
--- 		itself may still be different from its file.
--- 							*cpo->*
--- 	>	When appending to a register, put a line break before
--- 		the appended text.
--- 							*cpo-;*
--- 	;	When using `,` or `;` to repeat the last `t` search
--- 		and the cursor is right in front of the searched
--- 		character, the cursor won't move.  When not included,
--- 		the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
--- 		following occurrence.
--- 							*cpo-~*
--- 	~	When included, don't resolve symbolic links when
--- 		changing directory with `:cd`, `:lcd`, or `:tcd`.
--- 		This preserves the symbolic link path in buffer names
--- 		and when displaying the current directory.  When
--- 		excluded (default), symbolic links are resolved to
--- 		their target paths.
--- 							*cpo-_*
--- 	_	When using `cw` on a word, do not include the
--- 		whitespace following the word in the motion.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cpoptions = "aABceFs_"
vim.o.cpo = vim.o.cpoptions
vim.go.cpoptions = vim.o.cpoptions
vim.go.cpo = vim.go.cpoptions

--- When this option is set, as the cursor in the current
--- window moves other cursorbound windows (windows that also have
--- this option set) move their cursors to the corresponding line and
--- column.  This option is useful for viewing the
--- differences between two versions of a file (see 'diff'); in diff mode,
--- inserted and deleted lines (though not characters within a line) are
--- taken into account.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.cursorbind = false
vim.o.crb = vim.o.cursorbind
vim.wo.cursorbind = vim.o.cursorbind
vim.wo.crb = vim.wo.cursorbind

--- Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
--- `hl-CursorColumn`.  Useful to align text.  Will make screen redrawing
--- slower.
--- If you only want the highlighting in the current window you can use
--- these autocommands:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	au WinLeave * set nocursorline nocursorcolumn
--- 	au WinEnter * set cursorline cursorcolumn
--- ```
---
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.cursorcolumn = false
vim.o.cuc = vim.o.cursorcolumn
vim.wo.cursorcolumn = vim.o.cursorcolumn
vim.wo.cuc = vim.wo.cursorcolumn

--- Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
--- Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
--- When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
--- easier to see the selected text.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.cursorline = false
vim.o.cul = vim.o.cursorline
vim.wo.cursorline = vim.o.cursorline
vim.wo.cul = vim.wo.cursorline

--- Comma-separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
--- Valid values:
--- "line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
--- 		CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
--- "screenline"	Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
--- 		CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
--- "number"	Highlight the line number of the cursor with
--- 		CursorLineNr `hl-CursorLineNr`.
---
--- Special value:
--- "both"		Alias for the values "line,number".
---
--- "line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.cursorlineopt = "both"
vim.o.culopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
vim.wo.cursorlineopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
vim.wo.culopt = vim.wo.cursorlineopt

--- These values can be used:
--- msg	Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
--- 	anyway.
--- throw	Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
--- 	anyway and also throw an exception and set `v:errmsg`.
--- beep	A message will be given when otherwise only a beep would be
--- 	produced.
--- The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
--- "msg" and "throw" are useful for debugging 'foldexpr', 'formatexpr' or
--- 'indentexpr'.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.debug = ""
vim.go.debug = vim.o.debug

--- Pattern to be used to find a macro definition.  It is a search
--- pattern, just like for the "/" command.  This option is used for the
--- commands like "[i" and "[d" `include-search`.  The 'isident' option is
--- used to recognize the defined name after the match:
--- ```
--- 	{match with 'define'}{non-ID chars}{defined name}{non-ID char}
--- ```
--- See `option-backslash` about inserting backslashes to include a space
--- or backslash.
--- For C++ this value would be useful, to include const type declarations:
--- ```
--- 	^\(#\s*define\|[a-z]*\s*const\s*[a-z]*\)
--- ```
--- You can also use "\ze" just before the name and continue the pattern
--- to check what is following.  E.g. for Javascript, if a function is
--- defined with `func_name = function(args)`:
--- ```
--- 	^\s*\ze\i\+\s*=\s*function(
--- ```
--- If the function is defined with `func_name : function() {...`:
--- ```
---         ^\s*\ze\i\+\s*[:]\s*(*function\s*(
--- ```
--- When using the ":set" command, you need to double the backslashes!
--- To avoid that use `:let` with a single quote string:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &l:define = '^\s*\ze\k\+\s*=\s*function('
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.define = ""
vim.o.def = vim.o.define
vim.bo.define = vim.o.define
vim.bo.def = vim.bo.define
vim.go.define = vim.o.define
vim.go.def = vim.go.define

--- If editing Unicode and this option is set, backspace and Normal mode
--- "x" delete each combining character on its own.  When it is off (the
--- default) the character along with its combining characters are
--- deleted.
--- Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work differently from "2x"!
---
--- This is useful for Arabic, Hebrew and many other languages where one
--- may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
--- to remove only the combining ones.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.delcombine = false
vim.o.deco = vim.o.delcombine
vim.go.delcombine = vim.o.delcombine
vim.go.deco = vim.go.delcombine

--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
--- for keyword completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`.  Each file should
--- contain a list of words.  This can be one word per line, or several
--- words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
--- preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
---
--- When this option is empty or an entry "spell" is present, and spell
--- checking is enabled, words in the word lists for the currently active
--- 'spelllang' are used.  See `spell`.
---
--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
--- name.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This has nothing to do with the `Dictionary` variable type.
--- Where to find a list of words?
--- - BSD/macOS include the "/usr/share/dict/words" file.
--- - Try "apt install spell" to get the "/usr/share/dict/words" file on
---   apt-managed systems (Debian/Ubuntu).
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.
--- Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.dictionary = ""
vim.o.dict = vim.o.dictionary
vim.bo.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
vim.bo.dict = vim.bo.dictionary
vim.go.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
vim.go.dict = vim.go.dictionary

--- Join the current window in the group of windows that shows differences
--- between files.  See `diff-mode`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.diff = false
vim.wo.diff = vim.o.diff

--- List of {address} in each buffer, separated by commas, that are
--- considered anchors when used for diffing.  It's valid to specify "$+1"
--- for 1 past the last line.  "%" cannot be used for this option.  There
--- can be at most 20 anchors set for each buffer.
---
--- Each anchor line splits the buffer (the split happens above the
--- anchor), with each part being diff'ed separately before the final
--- result is joined.  When more than one {address} are provided, the
--- anchors will be sorted internally by line number.  If using buffer
--- local options, each buffer should have the same number of anchors
--- (extra anchors will be ignored).  This option is only used when
--- 'diffopt' has "anchor" set.  See `diff-anchors` for more details and
--- examples.
--- 							*E1550*
--- If some of the {address} do not resolve to a line in each buffer (e.g.
--- a pattern search that does not match anything), none of the anchors
--- will be used.
--- 							*E1562*
--- Diff anchors can only be used when there are no hidden diff buffers.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.diffanchors = ""
vim.o.dia = vim.o.diffanchors
vim.bo.diffanchors = vim.o.diffanchors
vim.bo.dia = vim.bo.diffanchors
vim.go.diffanchors = vim.o.diffanchors
vim.go.dia = vim.go.diffanchors

--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain a diff file (either ed-style
--- or unified-style) from two versions of a file.  See `diff-diffexpr`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.diffexpr = ""
vim.o.dex = vim.o.diffexpr
vim.go.diffexpr = vim.o.diffexpr
vim.go.dex = vim.go.diffexpr

--- Option settings for diff mode.  It can consist of the following items.
--- All are optional.  Items must be separated by a comma.
---
--- 	algorithm:{text} Use the specified diff algorithm with the
--- 			internal diff engine.  Currently supported
--- 			algorithms are:
--- 			myers      the default algorithm
--- 			minimal    spend extra time to generate the
--- 				   smallest possible diff
--- 			patience   patience diff algorithm
--- 			histogram  histogram diff algorithm
---
--- 	anchor		Anchor specific lines in each buffer to be
--- 			aligned with each other if 'diffanchors' is
--- 			set.  See `diff-anchors`.
---
--- 	closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
--- 			and there is only one window remaining in the
--- 			same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
--- 			`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
--- 			`:diffsplit` command.
---
--- 	context:{n}	Use a context of {n} lines between a change
--- 			and a fold that contains unchanged lines.
--- 			When omitted a context of six lines is used.
--- 			When using zero the context is actually one,
--- 			since folds require a line in between, also
--- 			for a deleted line.  Set it to a very large
--- 			value (999999) to disable folding completely.
--- 			See `fold-diff`.
---
--- 	filler		Show filler lines, to keep the text
--- 			synchronized with a window that has inserted
--- 			lines at the same position.  Mostly useful
--- 			when windows are side-by-side and 'scrollbind'
--- 			is set.
---
--- 	foldcolumn:{n}	Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
--- 			starting diff mode.  Without this 2 is used.
---
--- 	followwrap	Follow the 'wrap' option and leave as it is.
---
--- 	horizontal	Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
--- 			explicitly specified otherwise).
---
--- 	hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
--- 			becomes hidden.
---
--- 	iblank		Ignore changes where lines are all blank.
--- 			Adds the "-B" flag to the "diff" command if
--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
--- 			exactly.
--- 			NOTE: the diff windows will get out of sync,
--- 			because no differences between blank lines are
--- 			taken into account.
---
--- 	icase		Ignore changes in case of text.  "a" and "A"
--- 			are considered the same.  Adds the "-i" flag
--- 			to the "diff" command if 'diffexpr' is empty.
---
--- 	indent-heuristic
--- 			Use the indent heuristic for the internal
--- 			diff library.
---
--- 	inline:{text}	Highlight inline differences within a change.
--- 			See `view-diffs`.  Supported values are:
---
--- 			none    Do not perform inline highlighting.
--- 			simple  Highlight from first different
--- 				character to the last one in each
--- 				line.  This is the default if no
--- 				`inline:` value is set.
--- 			char    Use internal diff to perform a
--- 				character-wise diff and highlight the
--- 				difference.
--- 			word    Use internal diff to perform a
--- 				`word`-wise diff and highlight the
--- 				difference.  Non-alphanumeric
--- 				multi-byte characters such as emoji
--- 				and CJK characters are considered
--- 				individual words.  Small gaps of
--- 				non-word characters (5 bytes or less)
--- 				between changes are merged into a
--- 				single highlight block.
---
--- 	internal	Use the internal diff library.  This is
--- 			ignored when 'diffexpr' is set.  *E960*
--- 			When running out of memory when writing a
--- 			buffer or the diff is larger than 1 GB this
--- 			item will be ignored for diffs involving that
--- 			buffer.  Set the 'verbose' option to see when
--- 			this happens.
---
--- 	iwhite		Ignore changes in amount of white space.  Adds
--- 			the "-b" flag to the "diff" command if
--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
--- 			exactly.  It should ignore adding trailing
--- 			white space, but not leading white space.
---
--- 	iwhiteall	Ignore all white space changes.  Adds
--- 			the "-w" flag to the "diff" command if
--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
--- 			exactly.
---
--- 	iwhiteeol	Ignore white space changes at end of line.
--- 			Adds the "-Z" flag to the "diff" command if
--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
--- 			exactly.
---
--- 	linematch:{n}   Align and mark changes between the most
--- 			similar lines between the buffers.  When the
--- 			total number of lines in the diff hunk exceeds
--- 			{n}, the lines will not be aligned because for
--- 			very large diff hunks there will be a
--- 			noticeable lag.  A reasonable setting is
--- 			"linematch:60", as this will enable alignment
--- 			for a 2 buffer diff hunk of 30 lines each, or
--- 			a 3 buffer diff hunk of 20 lines each.
--- 			Implicitly sets "filler" when this is set.
---
--- 	vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
--- 			explicitly specified otherwise).
---
--- Examples:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set diffopt=internal,filler,context:4
--- 	set diffopt=
--- 	set diffopt=internal,filler,foldcolumn:3
--- 	set diffopt-=internal  " do NOT use the internal diff parser
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.diffopt = "internal,filler,closeoff,indent-heuristic,inline:char,linematch:40"
vim.o.dip = vim.o.diffopt
vim.go.diffopt = vim.o.diffopt
vim.go.dip = vim.go.diffopt

--- Enable the entering of digraphs in Insert mode with {char1} <BS>
--- {char2}.  See `digraphs`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.digraph = false
vim.o.dg = vim.o.digraph
vim.go.digraph = vim.o.digraph
vim.go.dg = vim.go.digraph

--- List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
---
--- Possible items:
--- - The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
---   possible.  If it is not possible in any directory, but last
---   directory listed in the option does not exist, it is created.
--- - Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
---   impossible!) and no `E303` error will be given.
--- - A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
---   the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
---   it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
---   attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
---   the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
---   is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
---   the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
---   with all path separators replaced by percent '%' signs (including
---   the colon following the drive letter on Win32).  This will ensure
---   file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
---   On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
---   separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
---   include the comma in the file name.  Therefore it is recommended to
---   use '//', instead of '\\'.
--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
---   of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
---   name, precede it with a backslash.
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
--- - A directory name may end in an ':' or '/'.
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
---   get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set dir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
--- ```
---
--- Editing the same file twice will result in a warning.  Using "/tmp" on
--- is discouraged: if the system crashes you lose the swap file. And
--- others on the computer may be able to see the files.
--- Use `:set+=` and `:set-=` when adding or removing directories from the
--- list, this avoids problems if the Nvim default is changed.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.directory = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/swap//"
vim.o.dir = vim.o.directory
vim.go.directory = vim.o.directory
vim.go.dir = vim.go.directory

--- Change the way text is displayed.  This is a comma-separated list of
--- flags:
--- lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
--- 		in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
--- 		last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
--- 		rest of the line is not displayed.
--- truncate	Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
--- 		column of the last screen line.  Overrules "lastline".
--- uhex		Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
--- 		instead of using ^C and ~C.
--- msgsep		Obsolete flag. Allowed but takes no effect. `msgsep`
---
--- When neither "lastline" nor "truncate" is included, a last line that
--- doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
---
--- The "@" character can be changed by setting the "lastline" item in
--- 'fillchars'.  The character is highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.display = "lastline"
vim.o.dy = vim.o.display
vim.go.display = vim.o.display
vim.go.dy = vim.go.display

--- Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
--- 	ver	vertically, width of windows is not affected
--- 	hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
--- 	both	width and height of windows is affected
---
--- @type 'both'|'ver'|'hor'
vim.o.eadirection = "both"
vim.o.ead = vim.o.eadirection
vim.go.eadirection = vim.o.eadirection
vim.go.ead = vim.go.eadirection

--- When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
--- This excludes "text emoji" characters, which are normally displayed as
--- single width. However, such "text emoji" are treated as full-width
--- emoji if they are followed by the U+FE0F variant selector.
---
--- Unfortunately there is no good specification for this and it has been
--- determined on trial-and-error basis.  Use the `setcellwidths()`
--- function to change the behavior.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.emoji = true
vim.o.emo = vim.o.emoji
vim.go.emoji = vim.o.emoji
vim.go.emo = vim.go.emoji

--- String-encoding used internally and for `RPC` communication.
--- Always UTF-8.
---
--- See 'fileencoding' to control file-content encoding.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.encoding = "utf-8"
vim.o.enc = vim.o.encoding
vim.go.encoding = vim.o.encoding
vim.go.enc = vim.go.encoding

--- Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
--- when reading it.  Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
--- end of the file.
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.endoffile = false
vim.o.eof = vim.o.endoffile
vim.bo.endoffile = vim.o.endoffile
vim.bo.eof = vim.bo.endoffile

--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
--- last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
--- starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
--- for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
--- reset this option.
--- When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
--- writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
--- to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
--- that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
--- be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.endofline = true
vim.o.eol = vim.o.endofline
vim.bo.endofline = vim.o.endofline
vim.bo.eol = vim.bo.endofline

--- When on, all the windows are automatically made the same size after
--- splitting or closing a window.  This also happens the moment the
--- option is switched on.  When off, splitting a window will reduce the
--- size of the current window and leave the other windows the same.  When
--- closing a window the extra lines are given to the window next to it
--- (depending on 'splitbelow' and 'splitright').
--- When mixing vertically and horizontally split windows, a minimal size
--- is computed and some windows may be larger if there is room.  The
--- 'eadirection' option tells in which direction the size is affected.
--- Changing the height and width of a window can be avoided by setting
--- 'winfixheight' and 'winfixwidth', respectively.
--- If a window size is specified when creating a new window sizes are
--- currently not equalized (it's complicated, but may be implemented in
--- the future).
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.equalalways = true
vim.o.ea = vim.o.equalalways
vim.go.equalalways = vim.o.equalalways
vim.go.ea = vim.go.equalalways

--- External program to use for "=" command.  When this option is empty
--- the internal formatting functions are used; either 'lisp', 'cindent'
--- or 'indentexpr'.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.equalprg = ""
vim.o.ep = vim.o.equalprg
vim.bo.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
vim.bo.ep = vim.bo.equalprg
vim.go.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
vim.go.ep = vim.go.equalprg

--- Ring the bell (beep or screen flash) for error messages.  This only
--- makes a difference for error messages, the bell will be used always
--- for a lot of errors without a message (e.g., hitting <Esc> in Normal
--- mode).  See 'visualbell' to make the bell behave like a screen flash
--- or do nothing.  See 'belloff' to finetune when to ring the bell.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.errorbells = false
vim.o.eb = vim.o.errorbells
vim.go.errorbells = vim.o.errorbells
vim.go.eb = vim.go.errorbells

--- Name of the errorfile for the QuickFix mode (see `:cf`).
--- When the "-q" command-line argument is used, 'errorfile' is set to the
--- following argument.  See `-q`.
--- NOT used for the ":make" command.  See 'makeef' for that.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.errorfile = "errors.err"
vim.o.ef = vim.o.errorfile
vim.go.errorfile = vim.o.errorfile
vim.go.ef = vim.go.errorfile

--- Scanf-like description of the format for the lines in the error file
--- (see `errorformat`).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.errorformat = "%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,%-Gg%\\?make[%*\\d]: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-Gg%\\?make: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-G%f:%l: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once,%-G%f:%l: for each function it appears in.),%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c:,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c\\,,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c,%-GIn file included from %f:%l,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:%c,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l\\,,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l,%f:%l:%c:%m,%f(%l):%m,%f:%l:%m,\"%f\"\\, line %l%*\\D%c%*[^ ] %m,%D%*\\a[%*\\d]: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a[%*\\d]: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%D%*\\a: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%DMaking %*\\a in %f,%f|%l| %m"
vim.o.efm = vim.o.errorformat
vim.bo.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
vim.bo.efm = vim.bo.errorformat
vim.go.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
vim.go.efm = vim.go.errorformat

--- A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
--- When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
--- events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
--- Otherwise this is a comma-separated list of event names.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave
--- ```
---
--- To ignore all but some events, a "-" prefix can be used:
---
--- ```vim
---     :set ei=all,-WinLeave
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.eventignore = ""
vim.o.ei = vim.o.eventignore
vim.go.eventignore = vim.o.eventignore
vim.go.ei = vim.go.eventignore

--- Similar to 'eventignore' but applies to a particular window and its
--- buffers, for which window and buffer related autocommands can be
--- ignored indefinitely without affecting the global 'eventignore'.
---
--- Note: The following events are considered to happen outside of a
--- window context and thus cannot be ignored by 'eventignorewin':
---
--- 	`ChanInfo`,
--- 	`ChanOpen`,
--- 	`CmdUndefined`,
--- 	`CmdlineChanged`,
--- 	`CmdlineEnter`,
--- 	`CmdlineLeave`,
--- 	`CmdlineLeavePre`,
--- 	`CmdwinEnter`,
--- 	`CmdwinLeave`,
--- 	`ColorScheme`,
--- 	`ColorSchemePre`,
--- 	`CompleteChanged`,
--- 	`CompleteDone`,
--- 	`CompleteDonePre`,
--- 	`DiagnosticChanged`,
--- 	`DiffUpdated`,
--- 	`DirChanged`,
--- 	`DirChangedPre`,
--- 	`ExitPre`,
--- 	`FocusGained`,
--- 	`FocusLost`,
--- 	`FuncUndefined`,
--- 	`LspAttach`,
--- 	`LspDetach`,
--- 	`LspNotify`,
--- 	`LspProgress`,
--- 	`LspRequest`,
--- 	`LspTokenUpdate`,
--- 	`MarkSet`,
--- 	`MenuPopup`,
--- 	`ModeChanged`,
--- 	`OptionSet`,
--- 	`PackChanged`,
--- 	`PackChangedPre`,
--- 	`Progress`,
--- 	`QuickFixCmdPost`,
--- 	`QuickFixCmdPre`,
--- 	`QuitPre`,
--- 	`RemoteReply`,
--- 	`SafeState`,
--- 	`SessionLoadPost`,
--- 	`SessionLoadPre`,
--- 	`SessionWritePost`,
--- 	`ShellCmdPost`,
--- 	`Signal`,
--- 	`SourceCmd`,
--- 	`SourcePost`,
--- 	`SourcePre`,
--- 	`SpellFileMissing`,
--- 	`StdinReadPost`,
--- 	`StdinReadPre`,
--- 	`SwapExists`,
--- 	`Syntax`,
--- 	`TabClosed`,
--- 	`TabClosedPre`,
--- 	`TabEnter`,
--- 	`TabLeave`,
--- 	`TabNew`,
--- 	`TabNewEntered`,
--- 	`TermClose`,
--- 	`TermEnter`,
--- 	`TermLeave`,
--- 	`TermOpen`,
--- 	`TermRequest`,
--- 	`TermResponse`,
--- 	`UIEnter`,
--- 	`UILeave`,
--- 	`User`,
--- 	`VimEnter`,
--- 	`VimLeave`,
--- 	`VimLeavePre`,
--- 	`VimResized`,
--- 	`VimResume`,
--- 	`VimSuspend`,
--- 	`WinNew`,
--- 	`WinNewPre`
---
--- @type string
vim.o.eventignorewin = ""
vim.o.eiw = vim.o.eventignorewin
vim.wo.eventignorewin = vim.o.eventignorewin
vim.wo.eiw = vim.wo.eventignorewin

--- In Insert mode: Use the appropriate number of spaces to insert a
--- <Tab>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
--- when 'autoindent' is on.  To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
--- on, use CTRL-V<Tab>.  See also `:retab` and `ins-expandtab`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.expandtab = false
vim.o.et = vim.o.expandtab
vim.bo.expandtab = vim.o.expandtab
vim.bo.et = vim.bo.expandtab

--- Enables project-local configuration. Nvim will execute any .nvim.lua,
--- .nvimrc, or .exrc file found in the `current-directory` and all parent
--- directories (ordered upwards), if the files are in the `trust` list.
--- Use `:trust` to manage trusted files. See also `vim.secure.read()`.
---
--- Unset 'exrc' to stop further searching of 'exrc' files in parent
--- directories, similar to `editorconfig.root`.
---
--- To get its own location, a Lua exrc file can use `debug.getinfo()`.
--- See `lua-script-location`.
---
--- Compare 'exrc' to `editorconfig`:
--- - 'exrc' can execute any code; editorconfig only specifies settings.
--- - 'exrc' is Nvim-specific; editorconfig works in other editors.
---
--- To achieve project-local LSP configuration:
--- 1. Enable 'exrc'.
--- 2. Place LSP configs at ".nvim/lsp/*.lua" in your project root.
--- 3. Create ".nvim.lua" in your project root directory with this line:
---
--- ```lua
---     vim.cmd[[set runtimepath+=.nvim]]
--- ```
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.exrc = false
vim.o.ex = vim.o.exrc
vim.go.exrc = vim.o.exrc
vim.go.ex = vim.go.exrc

--- File-content encoding for the current buffer. Conversion is done with
--- iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
---
--- When 'fileencoding' is not UTF-8, conversion will be done when
--- writing the file.  For reading see below.
--- When 'fileencoding' is empty, the file will be saved with UTF-8
--- encoding (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
---
--- WARNING: Conversion to a non-Unicode encoding can cause loss of
--- information!
---
--- See `encoding-names` for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
--- specified that can be handled by the converter, see
--- `mbyte-conversion`.
---
--- When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
--- To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
--- 'fileencoding', use the `++enc` argument.  One exception: when
--- 'fileencodings' is empty the value of 'fileencoding' is used.
--- For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
---
--- Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
--- When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase.  Thus
--- you can set it with uppercase values too.  '_' characters are
--- replaced with '-'.  If a name is recognized from the list at
--- `encoding-names`, it is replaced by the standard name.  For example
--- "ISO8859-2" becomes "iso-8859-2".
---
--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
---
--- Keep in mind that changing 'fenc' from a modeline happens
--- AFTER the text has been read, thus it applies to when the file will be
--- written.  If you do set 'fenc' in a modeline, you might want to set
--- 'nomodified' to avoid not being able to ":q".
---
--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.fileencoding = ""
vim.o.fenc = vim.o.fileencoding
vim.bo.fileencoding = vim.o.fileencoding
vim.bo.fenc = vim.bo.fileencoding

--- This is a list of character encodings considered when starting to edit
--- an existing file.  When a file is read, Vim tries to use the first
--- mentioned character encoding.  If an error is detected, the next one
--- in the list is tried.  When an encoding is found that works,
--- 'fileencoding' is set to it.  If all fail, 'fileencoding' is set to
--- an empty string, which means that UTF-8 is used.
--- 	WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information! You can use
--- 	the `++bad` argument to specify what is done with characters
--- 	that can't be converted.
--- For an empty file or a file with only ASCII characters most encodings
--- will work and the first entry of 'fileencodings' will be used (except
--- "ucs-bom", which requires the BOM to be present).  If you prefer
--- another encoding use an BufReadPost autocommand event to test if your
--- preferred encoding is to be used.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	au BufReadPost * if search('\S', 'w') == 0 |
--- 		\ set fenc=iso-2022-jp | endif
--- ```
--- This sets 'fileencoding' to "iso-2022-jp" if the file does not contain
--- non-blank characters.
--- When the `++enc` argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
--- not used.
--- Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
--- of 'fileencoding' is used instead.  You can set it with:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
--- ```
--- This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
--- an empty file.
--- The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
--- (Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file.  It must not be preceded
--- by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
--- An entry for an 8-bit encoding (e.g., "latin1") should be the last,
--- because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
--- accepted.
--- The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
--- environment.  It is useful when your environment uses a non-latin1
--- encoding, such as Russian.
--- When a file contains an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence it won't be
--- recognized as "utf-8".  You can use the `8g8` command to find the
--- illegal byte sequence.
--- WRONG VALUES:			WHAT'S WRONG:
--- 	latin1,utf-8		"latin1" will always be used
--- 	utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1	BOM won't be recognized in a utf-8
--- 				file
--- 	cp1250,latin1		"cp1250" will always be used
--- If 'fileencodings' is empty, 'fileencoding' is not modified.
--- See 'fileencoding' for the possible values.
--- Setting this option does not have an effect until the next time a file
--- is read.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.fileencodings = "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1"
vim.o.fencs = vim.o.fileencodings
vim.go.fileencodings = vim.o.fileencodings
vim.go.fencs = vim.go.fileencodings

--- This gives the <EOL> of the current buffer, which is used for
--- reading/writing the buffer from/to a file:
---     dos	    <CR><NL>
---     unix    <NL>
---     mac	    <CR>
--- When "dos" is used, CTRL-Z at the end of a file is ignored.
--- See `file-formats` and `file-read`.
--- For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
--- works like it was set to "unix".
--- This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
--- 'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
---
--- @type 'unix'|'dos'|'mac'
vim.o.fileformat = "unix"
vim.o.ff = vim.o.fileformat
vim.bo.fileformat = vim.o.fileformat
vim.bo.ff = vim.bo.fileformat

--- This gives the end-of-line (<EOL>) formats that will be tried when
--- starting to edit a new buffer and when reading a file into an existing
--- buffer:
--- - When empty, the format defined with 'fileformat' will be used
---   always.  It is not set automatically.
--- - When set to one name, that format will be used whenever a new buffer
---   is opened.  'fileformat' is set accordingly for that buffer.  The
---   'fileformats' name will be used when a file is read into an existing
---   buffer, no matter what 'fileformat' for that buffer is set to.
--- - When more than one name is present, separated by commas, automatic
---   <EOL> detection will be done when reading a file.  When starting to
---   edit a file, a check is done for the <EOL>:
---   1. If all lines end in <CR><NL>, and 'fileformats' includes "dos",
---      'fileformat' is set to "dos".
---   2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix",
---      'fileformat' is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found
---      without a preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
---   3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
---      if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
---      This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
---       "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
---       "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
---      Except: if "unix" was chosen, but there is a <CR> before
---      the first <NL>, and there appear to be more <CR>s than <NL>s in
---      the first few lines, "mac" is used.
---   4. If 'fileformat' is still not set, the first name from
---      'fileformats' is used.
---   When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
---   this happens like 'fileformat' has been set appropriately for that
---   file only, the option is not changed.
--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
---
--- When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
--- can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.
---
--- For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
--- are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
--- done:
--- - When 'fileformats' is empty, there is no automatic detection.  Dos
---   format will be used.
--- - When 'fileformats' is set to one or more names, automatic detection
---   is done.  This is based on the first <NL> in the file: If there is a
---   <CR> in front of it, Dos format is used, otherwise Unix format is
---   used.
--- Also see `file-formats`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.fileformats = "unix,dos"
vim.o.ffs = vim.o.fileformats
vim.go.fileformats = vim.o.fileformats
vim.go.ffs = vim.go.fileformats

--- When set, case is ignored when using file and directory names.
---
--- This option is on by default on systems where the filesystem is
--- traditionally case-insensitive (for example MS-Windows and macOS).
--- However, Vim cannot determine at runtime whether a particular
--- filesystem is case-sensitive or case-insensitive.
---
--- See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.fileignorecase = false
vim.o.fic = vim.o.fileignorecase
vim.go.fileignorecase = vim.o.fileignorecase
vim.go.fic = vim.go.fileignorecase

--- When this option is set, the FileType autocommand event is triggered.
--- All autocommands that match with the value of this option will be
--- executed.  Thus the value of 'filetype' is used in place of the file
--- name.
--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current file type.
--- This option is normally set when the file type is detected.  To enable
--- this use the ":filetype on" command. `:filetype`
--- Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
--- for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
--- Example, for in an IDL file: >c
--- 	/* vim: set filetype=idl : */
--- ```
--- `FileType` `filetypes`
--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
--- names, it should therefore not be used for a filetype.  Example: >c
--- 	/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */
--- ```
--- This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
--- This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
--- one dot may appear.
--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
--- Only alphanumeric characters, '-' and '_' can be used (and a '.' is
--- allowed as delimiter when combining different filetypes).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.filetype = ""
vim.o.ft = vim.o.filetype
vim.bo.filetype = vim.o.filetype
vim.bo.ft = vim.bo.filetype

--- Characters to fill the statuslines, vertical separators, special
--- lines in the window and truncated text in the `ins-completion-menu`.
--- It is a comma-separated list of items.  Each item has a name, a colon
--- and the value of that item: `E1511`
---
---   item		default		Used for ~
---   stl		' '		statusline of the current window
---   stlnc		' '		statusline of the non-current windows
---   wbr		' '		window bar
---   horiz		'─' or '-'	horizontal separators `:split`
---   horizup	'┴' or '-'	upwards facing horizontal separator
---   horizdown	'┬' or '-'	downwards facing horizontal separator
---   vert		'│' or '|'	vertical separators `:vsplit`
---   vertleft	'┤' or '|'	left facing vertical separator
---   vertright	'├' or '|'	right facing vertical separator
---   verthoriz	'┼' or '+'	overlapping vertical and horizontal
--- 				separator
---   fold		'·' or '-'	filling 'foldtext'
---   foldopen	'-'		mark the beginning of a fold
---   foldclose	'+'		show a closed fold
---   foldsep	'│' or '|'	open fold middle marker
---   foldinner	none		character to show instead of the
--- 				numeric foldlevel when it would be
--- 				repeated in a narrow 'foldcolumn'
---   diff		'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
---   msgsep	' '		message separator 'display'
---   eob		'~'		empty lines at the end of a buffer
---   lastline	'@'		'display' contains lastline/truncate
---   trunc		'>'		truncated text in the
--- 				`ins-completion-menu`.
---   truncrl	'<'		same as "trunc" in 'rightleft' mode
---
--- Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.
---
--- Note that "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown", "vertleft", "vertright" and
--- "verthoriz" are only used when 'laststatus' is 3, since only vertical
--- window separators are used otherwise.
---
--- If 'ambiwidth' is "double" then "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown",
--- "vert", "vertleft", "vertright", "verthoriz", "foldsep" and "fold"
--- default to single-byte alternatives.
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set fillchars=stl:\ ,stlnc:\ ,vert:│,fold:·,diff:-
--- ```
---
--- All items support single-byte and multibyte characters.  But
--- double-width characters are not supported. `E1512`
---
--- The highlighting used for these items:
---   item		highlight group ~
---   stl		StatusLine		`hl-StatusLine`
---   stlnc		StatusLineNC		`hl-StatusLineNC`
---   wbr		WinBar			`hl-WinBar` or `hl-WinBarNC`
---   horiz		WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   horizup	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   horizdown	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   vert		WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   vertleft	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   vertright	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   verthoriz	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
---   fold		Folded			`hl-Folded`
---   foldopen	FoldColumn		`hl-FoldColumn`
---   foldclose	FoldColumn		`hl-FoldColumn`
---   foldsep	FoldColumn		`hl-FoldColumn`
---   diff		DiffDelete		`hl-DiffDelete`
---   msgsep	MsgSeparator		`hl-MsgSeparator`
---   eob		EndOfBuffer		`hl-EndOfBuffer`
---   lastline	NonText			`hl-NonText`
---   trunc		one of the many Popup menu highlighting groups like
--- 		`hl-PmenuSel`
---   truncrl	same as "trunc"
---
--- @type string
vim.o.fillchars = ""
vim.o.fcs = vim.o.fillchars
vim.wo.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
vim.wo.fcs = vim.wo.fillchars
vim.go.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
vim.go.fcs = vim.go.fillchars

--- Function that is called to obtain the filename(s) for the `:find`
--- command.  When this option is empty, the internal `file-searching`
--- mechanism is used.
---
--- The value can be the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.
--- See `option-value-function` for more information.
---
--- The function is called with two arguments.  The first argument is a
--- `String` and is the `:find` command argument.  The second argument is
--- a `Boolean` and is set to `v:true` when the function is called to get
--- a List of command-line completion matches for the `:find` command.
--- The function should return a List of strings.
---
--- The function is called only once per `:find` command invocation.
--- The function can process all the directories specified in 'path'.
---
--- If a match is found, the function should return a `List` containing
--- one or more file names.  If a match is not found, the function
--- should return an empty List.
---
--- If any errors are encountered during the function invocation, an
--- empty List is used as the return value.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- executing the 'findfunc' `textlock`.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- Examples:
---
--- ```vim
---     " Use glob()
---     func FindFuncGlob(cmdarg, cmdcomplete)
--- 	let pat = a:cmdcomplete ? $'{a:cmdarg}*' : a:cmdarg
--- 	return glob(pat, v:false, v:true)
---     endfunc
---     set findfunc=FindFuncGlob
---
---     " Use the 'git ls-files' output
---     func FindGitFiles(cmdarg, cmdcomplete)
--- 	let fnames = systemlist('git ls-files')
--- 	return fnames->filter('v:val =~? a:cmdarg')
---     endfunc
---     set findfunc=FindGitFiles
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.findfunc = ""
vim.o.ffu = vim.o.findfunc
vim.bo.findfunc = vim.o.findfunc
vim.bo.ffu = vim.bo.findfunc
vim.go.findfunc = vim.o.findfunc
vim.go.ffu = vim.go.findfunc

--- When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
--- will be restored if missing.  Turn this option off if you want to
--- preserve the situation from the original file.
--- When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
--- matter.
--- See the 'endofline' option.
--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.fixendofline = true
vim.o.fixeol = vim.o.fixendofline
vim.bo.fixendofline = vim.o.fixendofline
vim.bo.fixeol = vim.bo.fixendofline

--- When set to "all", a fold is closed when the cursor isn't in it and
--- its level is higher than 'foldlevel'.  Useful if you want folds to
--- automatically close when moving out of them.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldclose = ""
vim.o.fcl = vim.o.foldclose
vim.go.foldclose = vim.o.foldclose
vim.go.fcl = vim.go.foldclose

--- When and how to draw the foldcolumn. Valid values are:
---     "auto":       resize to the minimum amount of folds to display.
---     "auto:[1-9]": resize to accommodate multiple folds up to the
--- 		  selected level
---     "0":          to disable foldcolumn
---     "[1-9]":      to display a fixed number of columns
--- See `folding`.
---
--- @type 'auto'|'auto:1'|'auto:2'|'auto:3'|'auto:4'|'auto:5'|'auto:6'|'auto:7'|'auto:8'|'auto:9'|'0'|'1'|'2'|'3'|'4'|'5'|'6'|'7'|'8'|'9'
vim.o.foldcolumn = "0"
vim.o.fdc = vim.o.foldcolumn
vim.wo.foldcolumn = vim.o.foldcolumn
vim.wo.fdc = vim.wo.foldcolumn

--- When off, all folds are open.  This option can be used to quickly
--- switch between showing all text unfolded and viewing the text with
--- folds (including manually opened or closed folds).  It can be toggled
--- with the `zi` command.  The 'foldcolumn' will remain blank when
--- 'foldenable' is off.
--- This option is set by commands that create a new fold or close a fold.
--- See `folding`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.foldenable = true
vim.o.fen = vim.o.foldenable
vim.wo.foldenable = vim.o.foldenable
vim.wo.fen = vim.wo.foldenable

--- The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
--- for each line to obtain its fold level.  The context is set to the
--- script where 'foldexpr' was set, script-local items can be accessed.
--- See `fold-expr` for the usage.
---
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
--- on or the 'modelineexpr' option is off.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'foldexpr' `textlock`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldexpr = "0"
vim.o.fde = vim.o.foldexpr
vim.wo.foldexpr = vim.o.foldexpr
vim.wo.fde = vim.wo.foldexpr

--- Used only when 'foldmethod' is "indent".  Lines starting with
--- characters in 'foldignore' will get their fold level from surrounding
--- lines.  White space is skipped before checking for this character.
--- The default "#" works well for C programs.  See `fold-indent`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldignore = "#"
vim.o.fdi = vim.o.foldignore
vim.wo.foldignore = vim.o.foldignore
vim.wo.fdi = vim.wo.foldignore

--- Sets the fold level: Folds with a higher level will be closed.
--- Setting this option to zero will close all folds.  Higher numbers will
--- close fewer folds.
--- This option is set by commands like `zm`, `zM` and `zR`.
--- See `fold-foldlevel`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.foldlevel = 0
vim.o.fdl = vim.o.foldlevel
vim.wo.foldlevel = vim.o.foldlevel
vim.wo.fdl = vim.wo.foldlevel

--- Sets 'foldlevel' when starting to edit another buffer in a window.
--- Useful to always start editing with all folds closed (value zero),
--- some folds closed (one) or no folds closed (99).
--- This is done before reading any modeline, thus a setting in a modeline
--- overrules this option.  Starting to edit a file for `diff-mode` also
--- ignores this option and closes all folds.
--- It is also done before BufReadPre autocommands, to allow an autocmd to
--- overrule the 'foldlevel' value for specific files.
--- When the value is negative, it is not used.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.foldlevelstart = -1
vim.o.fdls = vim.o.foldlevelstart
vim.go.foldlevelstart = vim.o.foldlevelstart
vim.go.fdls = vim.go.foldlevelstart

--- The start and end marker used when 'foldmethod' is "marker".  There
--- must be one comma, which separates the start and end marker.  The
--- marker is a literal string (a regular expression would be too slow).
--- See `fold-marker`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldmarker = "{{{,}}}"
vim.o.fmr = vim.o.foldmarker
vim.wo.foldmarker = vim.o.foldmarker
vim.wo.fmr = vim.wo.foldmarker

--- The kind of folding used for the current window.  Possible values:
--- `fold-manual`	manual	    Folds are created manually.
--- `fold-indent`	indent	    Lines with equal indent form a fold.
--- `fold-expr`	expr	    'foldexpr' gives the fold level of a line.
--- `fold-marker`	marker	    Markers are used to specify folds.
--- `fold-syntax`	syntax	    Syntax highlighting items specify folds.
--- `fold-diff`	diff	    Fold text that is not changed.
---
--- @type 'manual'|'expr'|'marker'|'indent'|'syntax'|'diff'
vim.o.foldmethod = "manual"
vim.o.fdm = vim.o.foldmethod
vim.wo.foldmethod = vim.o.foldmethod
vim.wo.fdm = vim.wo.foldmethod

--- Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
--- closed.  Also for manually closed folds.  With the default value of
--- one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
--- Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
--- Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
--- "zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
--- than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.foldminlines = 1
vim.o.fml = vim.o.foldminlines
vim.wo.foldminlines = vim.o.foldminlines
vim.wo.fml = vim.wo.foldminlines

--- Sets the maximum nesting of folds for the "indent" and "syntax"
--- methods.  This avoids that too many folds will be created.  Using more
--- than 20 doesn't work, because the internal limit is 20.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.foldnestmax = 20
vim.o.fdn = vim.o.foldnestmax
vim.wo.foldnestmax = vim.o.foldnestmax
vim.wo.fdn = vim.wo.foldnestmax

--- Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
--- command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma-separated
--- list of items.
--- NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
--- Add the `zv` command to the mapping to get the same effect.
--- (rationale: the mapping may want to control opening folds itself)
---
--- 	item		commands ~
--- 	all		any
--- 	block		(, {, [[, [{, etc.
--- 	hor		horizontal movements: "l", "w", "fx", etc.
--- 	insert		any command in Insert mode
--- 	jump		far jumps: "G", "gg", etc.
--- 	mark		jumping to a mark: "'m", CTRL-O, etc.
--- 	percent		"%"
--- 	quickfix	":cn", ":crew", ":make", etc.
--- 	search		search for a pattern: "/", "n", "*", "gd", etc.
--- 			(not for a search pattern in a ":" command)
--- 			Also for `[s` and `]s`.
--- 	tag		jumping to a tag: ":ta", CTRL-T, etc.
--- 	undo		undo or redo: "u" and CTRL-R
--- When a movement command is used for an operator (e.g., "dl" or "y%")
--- this option is not used.  This means the operator will include the
--- whole closed fold.
--- Note that vertical movements are not here, because it would make it
--- very difficult to move onto a closed fold.
--- In insert mode the folds containing the cursor will always be open
--- when text is inserted.
--- To close folds you can re-apply 'foldlevel' with the `zx` command or
--- set the 'foldclose' option to "all".
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldopen = "block,hor,mark,percent,quickfix,search,tag,undo"
vim.o.fdo = vim.o.foldopen
vim.go.foldopen = vim.o.foldopen
vim.go.fdo = vim.go.foldopen

--- An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
--- fold.  The context is set to the script where 'foldexpr' was set,
--- script-local items can be accessed.  See `fold-foldtext` for the
--- usage.
---
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'foldtext' `textlock`.
---
--- When set to an empty string, foldtext is disabled, and the line
--- is displayed normally with highlighting and no line wrapping.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.foldtext = "foldtext()"
vim.o.fdt = vim.o.foldtext
vim.wo.foldtext = vim.o.foldtext
vim.wo.fdt = vim.wo.foldtext

--- Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the `gq`
--- operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
--- option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
---
--- The `v:lnum`  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
--- The `v:count` variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
--- The `v:char`  variable holds the character that is going to be
--- 	      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
--- 	      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
--- 	      it yet!
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
--- ```
--- This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
--- autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. `autoload`
---
--- The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
--- faster, see `expr-option-function`.
---
--- The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
--- text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
--- when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
--- same spot relative to the text then!  The `mode()` function will
--- return "i" or "R" in this situation.
---
--- When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
--- the internal format mechanism.
---
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
--- the script ID (`local-function`).  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set formatexpr=s:MyFormatExpr()
--- 	set formatexpr=<SID>SomeFormatExpr()
--- ```
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
---
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.  That stops the option from working,
--- since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.formatexpr = ""
vim.o.fex = vim.o.formatexpr
vim.bo.formatexpr = vim.o.formatexpr
vim.bo.fex = vim.bo.formatexpr

--- A pattern that is used to recognize a list header.  This is used for
--- the "n" flag in 'formatoptions'.
--- The pattern must match exactly the text that will be the indent for
--- the line below it.  You can use `/\ze` to mark the end of the match
--- while still checking more characters.  There must be a character
--- following the pattern, when it matches the whole line it is handled
--- like there is no match.
--- The default recognizes a number, followed by an optional punctuation
--- character and white space.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.formatlistpat = "^\\s*\\d\\+[\\]:.)}\\t ]\\s*"
vim.o.flp = vim.o.formatlistpat
vim.bo.formatlistpat = vim.o.formatlistpat
vim.bo.flp = vim.bo.formatlistpat

--- This is a sequence of letters which describes how automatic
--- formatting is to be done.
--- See `fo-table` for possible values and `gq` for how to format text.
--- Commas can be inserted for readability.
--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.formatoptions = "tcqj"
vim.o.fo = vim.o.formatoptions
vim.bo.formatoptions = vim.o.formatoptions
vim.bo.fo = vim.bo.formatoptions

--- The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
--- selected with the `gq` operator.  The program must take the input on
--- stdin and produce the output on stdout.  The Unix program "fmt" is
--- such a program.
--- If the 'formatexpr' option is not empty it will be used instead.
--- Otherwise, if 'formatprg' option is an empty string, the internal
--- format function will be used `C-indenting`.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.formatprg = ""
vim.o.fp = vim.o.formatprg
vim.bo.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
vim.bo.fp = vim.bo.formatprg
vim.go.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
vim.go.fp = vim.go.formatprg

--- When on, the OS function fsync() will be called after saving a file
--- (`:write`, `writefile()`, …), `swap-file`, `undo-persistence` and `shada-file`.
--- This flushes the file to disk, ensuring that it is safely written.
--- Slow on some systems: writing buffers, quitting Nvim, and other
--- operations may sometimes take a few seconds.
---
--- Files are ALWAYS flushed ('fsync' is ignored) when:
--- - `CursorHold` event is triggered
--- - `:preserve` is called
--- - system signals low battery life
--- - Nvim exits abnormally
---
--- This is a `global-local` option, so it can be set per buffer, for
--- example when writing to a slow filesystem.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.fsync = true
vim.o.fs = vim.o.fsync
vim.bo.fsync = vim.o.fsync
vim.bo.fs = vim.bo.fsync
vim.go.fsync = vim.o.fsync
vim.go.fs = vim.go.fsync

--- Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
--- This is a scanf-like string that uses the same format as the
--- 'errorformat' option: see `errorformat`.
---
--- Defaults to "%f:%l:%c:%m" if ripgrep ('grepprg') is available.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.grepformat = "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m"
vim.o.gfm = vim.o.grepformat
vim.bo.grepformat = vim.o.grepformat
vim.bo.gfm = vim.bo.grepformat
vim.go.grepformat = vim.o.grepformat
vim.go.gfm = vim.go.grepformat

--- Program to use for the `:grep` command.
--- Note: if you change this then you must also update 'grepformat'.
---
--- May contain "%" and "#" characters, are expanded per `cmdline-special`.
--- The placeholder "$*" specifies where the arguments will be included.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
---
--- Special value: When 'grepprg' is set to "internal" the `:grep` command
--- works like `:vimgrep`, `:lgrep` like `:lvimgrep`, `:grepadd` like
--- `:vimgrepadd` and `:lgrepadd` like `:lvimgrepadd`.
---
--- See also `:make_makeprg`, most of the comments there apply to 'grepprg'.
---
--- Defaults to:
--- - "rg --vimgrep -uu " if ripgrep is available (`:checkhealth`),
--- - "grep -HIn $* /dev/null" on Unix,
--- - "findstr /n $* nul" on Windows.
---
--- Ripgrep may perform additional filtering such as using .gitignore rules
--- and skipping hidden files. This is disabled by default (via "-u") to
--- more closely match the behaviour of standard grep.
--- You can make ripgrep match Vim's case handling using the
--- -i/--ignore-case and -S/--smart-case options. Handle `OptionSet` to
--- dynamically update 'grepprg' when e.g. 'ignorecase' is changed.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.grepprg = "grep -HIn $* /dev/null"
vim.o.gp = vim.o.grepprg
vim.bo.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
vim.bo.gp = vim.bo.grepprg
vim.go.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
vim.go.gp = vim.go.grepprg

--- Configures the cursor style for each mode. Works in the GUI and many
--- terminals.  See `tui-cursor-shape`.
---
--- To disable cursor-styling, reset the option:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set guicursor=
--- ```
--- To enable mode shapes, "Cursor" highlight, and blinking:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set guicursor=n-v-c:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr:hor20,o:hor50
--- 	  \,a:blinkwait700-blinkoff400-blinkon250-Cursor/lCursor
--- 	  \,sm:block-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175
--- ```
--- The option is a comma-separated list of parts.  Each part consists of a
--- mode-list and an argument-list:
--- 	mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
--- The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes:
--- 	n	Normal mode
--- 	v	Visual mode
--- 	ve	Visual mode with 'selection' "exclusive" (same as 'v',
--- 		if not specified)
--- 	o	Operator-pending mode
--- 	i	Insert mode
--- 	r	Replace mode
--- 	c	Command-line Normal (append) mode
--- 	ci	Command-line Insert mode
--- 	cr	Command-line Replace mode
--- 	sm	showmatch in Insert mode
--- 	t	Terminal mode
--- 	a	all modes
--- The argument-list is a dash separated list of these arguments:
--- 	hor{N}	horizontal bar, {N} percent of the character height
--- 	ver{N}	vertical bar, {N} percent of the character width
--- 	block	block cursor, fills the whole character
--- 		- Only one of the above three should be present.
--- 		- Default is "block" for each mode.
--- 	blinkwait{N}				*cursor-blinking*
--- 	blinkon{N}
--- 	blinkoff{N}
--- 		blink times for cursor: blinkwait is the delay before
--- 		the cursor starts blinking, blinkon is the time that
--- 		the cursor is shown and blinkoff is the time that the
--- 		cursor is not shown.  Times are in msec.  When one of
--- 		the numbers is zero, there is no blinking. E.g.:
---
--- ```vim
--- 			set guicursor=n:blinkon0
--- ```
---
--- 		Default is "blinkon0" for each mode.
--- 	{group-name}
--- 		Highlight group that decides the color and font of the
--- 		cursor.
--- 		In the `TUI`:
--- 		- `inverse`/reverse and no group-name are interpreted
--- 		  as "host-terminal default cursor colors" which
--- 		  typically means "inverted bg and fg colors".
--- 		- `ctermfg` and `guifg` are ignored.
--- 	{group-name}/{group-name}
--- 		Two highlight group names, the first is used when
--- 		no language mappings are used, the other when they
--- 		are. `language-mapping`
---
--- Examples of parts:
---    n-c-v:block-nCursor	In Normal, Command-line and Visual mode, use a
--- 			block cursor with colors from the "nCursor"
--- 			highlight group
---    n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25-Cursor,r-cr-o:hor20
--- 			In Normal et al. modes, use a block cursor
--- 			with the default colors defined by the host
--- 			terminal.  In Insert-like modes, use
--- 			a vertical bar cursor with colors from
--- 			"Cursor" highlight group.  In Replace-like
--- 			modes, use an underline cursor with
--- 			default colors.
---    i-ci:ver30-iCursor-blinkwait300-blinkon200-blinkoff150
--- 			In Insert and Command-line Insert mode, use a
--- 			30% vertical bar cursor with colors from the
--- 			"iCursor" highlight group.  Blink a bit
--- 			faster.
---
--- The 'a' mode is different.  It will set the given argument-list for
--- all modes.  It does not reset anything to defaults.  This can be used
--- to do a common setting for all modes.  For example, to switch off
--- blinking: "a:blinkon0"
---
--- Examples of cursor highlighting:
---
--- ```vim
---     highlight Cursor gui=reverse guifg=NONE guibg=NONE
---     " Note: gui=reverse overrides colors.
---     highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.guicursor = "n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr-o:hor20,t:block-blinkon500-blinkoff500-TermCursor"
vim.o.gcr = vim.o.guicursor
vim.go.guicursor = vim.o.guicursor
vim.go.gcr = vim.go.guicursor

--- This is a list of fonts which will be used for the GUI version of Vim.
--- In its simplest form the value is just one font name.  When
--- the font cannot be found you will get an error message.  To try other
--- font names a list can be specified, font names separated with commas.
--- The first valid font is used.
---
--- Spaces after a comma are ignored.  To include a comma in a font name
--- precede it with a backslash.  Setting an option requires an extra
--- backslash before a space and a backslash.  See also
--- `option-backslash`.  For example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set guifont=Screen15,\ 7x13,font\\,with\\,commas
--- ```
--- will make Vim try to use the font "Screen15" first, and if it fails it
--- will try to use "7x13" and then "font,with,commas" instead.
---
--- If none of the fonts can be loaded, Vim will keep the current setting.
--- If an empty font list is given, Vim will try using other resource
--- settings (for X, it will use the Vim.font resource), and finally it
--- will try some builtin default which should always be there ("7x13" in
--- the case of X).  The font names given should be "normal" fonts.  Vim
--- will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
---
--- For Win32 and Mac OS:
---
--- ```vim
---     set guifont=*
--- ```
--- will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
---
--- The font name depends on the GUI used.
---
--- For Mac OSX you can use something like this:
---
--- ```vim
---     set guifont=Monaco:h10
--- ```
--- *E236*
--- Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
--- width).
---
--- To preview a font on X11, you might be able to use the "xfontsel"
--- program.  The "xlsfonts" program gives a list of all available fonts.
---
--- For the Win32 GUI					*E244* *E245*
--- - takes these options in the font name:
--- 	hXX - height is XX (points, can be floating-point)
--- 	wXX - width is XX (points, can be floating-point)
--- 	b   - bold
--- 	i   - italic
--- 	u   - underline
--- 	s   - strikeout
--- 	cXX - character set XX.  Valid charsets are: ANSI, ARABIC,
--- 	      BALTIC, CHINESEBIG5, DEFAULT, EASTEUROPE, GB2312, GREEK,
--- 	      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
--- 	      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
--- 	      Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
---
---   Use a ':' to separate the options.
--- - A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
---   backslashes to escape the spaces.
--- - Examples:
---
--- ```vim
---     set guifont=courier_new:h12:w5:b:cRUSSIAN
---     set guifont=Andale_Mono:h7.5:w4.5
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.guifont = "DFLT_GFN"
vim.o.gfn = vim.o.guifont
vim.go.guifont = vim.o.guifont
vim.go.gfn = vim.go.guifont

--- Comma-separated list of fonts to be used for double-width characters.
--- The first font that can be loaded is used.
--- Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
--- specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
---
--- When 'guifont' has a valid font and 'guifontwide' is empty Vim will
--- attempt to set 'guifontwide' to a matching double-width font.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.guifontwide = ""
vim.o.gfw = vim.o.guifontwide
vim.go.guifontwide = vim.o.guifontwide
vim.go.gfw = vim.go.guifontwide

--- Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
--- placed together in one directory.  Additionally, all "doc" directories
--- in 'runtimepath' will be used.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  For example:
--- "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt".  If $VIMRUNTIME is not set, $VIM is also
--- tried.  Also see `$VIMRUNTIME` and `option-backslash` about including
--- spaces and backslashes.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.helpfile = "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt"
vim.o.hf = vim.o.helpfile
vim.go.helpfile = vim.o.helpfile
vim.go.hf = vim.go.helpfile

--- Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
--- ":help" command.  The initial height of the help window is half of the
--- current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
--- windows.  When the height is less than 'helpheight', the height is
--- set to 'helpheight'.  Set to zero to disable.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.helpheight = 20
vim.o.hh = vim.o.helpheight
vim.go.helpheight = vim.o.helpheight
vim.go.hh = vim.go.helpheight

--- Comma-separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
--- for which the desired help can be found.  The English help will always
--- be used as a last resort.  You can add "en" to prefer English over
--- another language, but that will only find tags that exist in that
--- language and not in the English help.
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set helplang=de,it
--- ```
--- This will first search German, then Italian and finally English help
--- files.
--- When using `CTRL-]` and ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will
--- try to find the tag in the current language before using this option.
--- See `help-translated`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.helplang = ""
vim.o.hlg = vim.o.helplang
vim.go.helplang = vim.o.helplang
vim.go.hlg = vim.go.helplang

--- When off a buffer is unloaded (including loss of undo information)
--- when it is `abandon`ed.  When on a buffer becomes hidden when it is
--- `abandon`ed.  A buffer displayed in another window does not become
--- hidden, of course.
---
--- Commands that move through the buffer list sometimes hide a buffer
--- although the 'hidden' option is off when these three are true:
--- - the buffer is modified
--- - 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible
--- - the '!' flag was used
--- Also see `windows`.
---
--- To hide a specific buffer use the 'bufhidden' option.
--- 'hidden' is set for one command with ":hide {command}" `:hide`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.hidden = true
vim.o.hid = vim.o.hidden
vim.go.hidden = vim.o.hidden
vim.go.hid = vim.go.hidden

--- A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
--- is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
--- each of these histories (see `cmdline-editing` and 'messagesopt' for
--- the number of messages to remember).
--- The maximum value is 10000.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.history = 10000
vim.o.hi = vim.o.history
vim.go.history = vim.o.history
vim.go.hi = vim.go.history

--- When there is a previous search pattern, highlight all its matches.
--- The `hl-Search` highlight group determines the highlighting for all
--- matches not under the cursor while the `hl-CurSearch` highlight group
--- (if defined) determines the highlighting for the match under the
--- cursor. If `hl-CurSearch` is not defined, then `hl-Search` is used for
--- both. Note that only the matching text is highlighted, any offsets
--- are not applied.
--- See also: 'incsearch' and `:match`.
--- When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
--- off with `:nohlsearch`.  This does not change the option value, as
--- soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
--- 'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
--- When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
--- highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
--- search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
--- line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
--- drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
--- You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
--- with the 'h' flag in 'shada' `shada-h`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.hlsearch = true
vim.o.hls = vim.o.hlsearch
vim.go.hlsearch = vim.o.hlsearch
vim.go.hls = vim.go.hlsearch

--- When on, the icon text of the window will be set to the value of
--- 'iconstring' (if it is not empty), or to the name of the file
--- currently being edited.  Only the last part of the name is used.
--- Overridden by the 'iconstring' option.
--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icons.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.icon = false
vim.go.icon = vim.o.icon

--- When this option is not empty, it will be used for the icon text of
--- the window.  This happens only when the 'icon' option is on.
--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icon text
--- When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
--- expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.  See
--- 'titlestring' for example settings.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.iconstring = ""
vim.go.iconstring = vim.o.iconstring

--- Ignore case in search patterns, `cmdline-completion`, when
--- searching in the tags file, `expr-==` and for Insert-mode completion
--- `ins-completion`.
--- Also see 'smartcase' and 'tagcase'.
--- Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
--- `/ignorecase`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.ignorecase = false
vim.o.ic = vim.o.ignorecase
vim.go.ignorecase = vim.o.ignorecase
vim.go.ic = vim.go.ignorecase

--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used in
--- Insert mode.  Valid values:
--- 	0	:lmap is off and IM is off
--- 	1	:lmap is ON and IM is off
--- 	2	:lmap is off and IM is ON
--- To always reset the option to zero when leaving Insert mode with <Esc>
--- this can be used:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	inoremap <ESC> <ESC>:set iminsert=0<CR>
--- ```
--- This makes :lmap and IM turn off automatically when leaving Insert
--- mode.
--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Insert mode
--- `i_CTRL-^`.
--- The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
--- It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.iminsert = 0
vim.o.imi = vim.o.iminsert
vim.bo.iminsert = vim.o.iminsert
vim.bo.imi = vim.bo.iminsert

--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used when
--- entering a search pattern.  Valid values:
--- 	-1	the value of 'iminsert' is used, makes it look like
--- 		'iminsert' is also used when typing a search pattern
--- 	0	:lmap is off and IM is off
--- 	1	:lmap is ON and IM is off
--- 	2	:lmap is off and IM is ON
--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Command-line mode
--- `c_CTRL-^`.
--- The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
--- option to a valid keymap name.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.imsearch = -1
vim.o.ims = vim.o.imsearch
vim.bo.imsearch = vim.o.imsearch
vim.bo.ims = vim.bo.imsearch

--- When nonempty, shows the effects of `:substitute`, `:smagic`,
--- `:snomagic` and user commands with the `:command-preview` flag as you
--- type.
---
--- Possible values:
--- 	nosplit	Shows the effects of a command incrementally in the
--- 		buffer.
--- 	split	Like "nosplit", but also shows partial off-screen
--- 		results in a preview window.
---
--- If the preview for built-in commands is too slow (exceeds
--- 'redrawtime') then 'inccommand' is automatically disabled until
--- `Command-line-mode` is done.
---
--- @type 'nosplit'|'split'|''
vim.o.inccommand = "nosplit"
vim.o.icm = vim.o.inccommand
vim.go.inccommand = vim.o.inccommand
vim.go.icm = vim.go.inccommand

--- Pattern to be used to find an include command.  It is a search
--- pattern, just like for the "/" command (See `pattern`).  This option
--- is used for the commands "[i", "]I", "[d", etc.
--- Normally the 'isfname' option is used to recognize the file name that
--- comes after the matched pattern.  But if "\zs" appears in the pattern
--- then the text matched from "\zs" to the end, or until "\ze" if it
--- appears, is used as the file name.  Use this to include characters
--- that are not in 'isfname', such as a space.  You can then use
--- 'includeexpr' to process the matched text.
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.include = ""
vim.o.inc = vim.o.include
vim.bo.include = vim.o.include
vim.bo.inc = vim.bo.include
vim.go.include = vim.o.include
vim.go.inc = vim.go.include

--- Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
--- option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
--- ```
--- The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
--- Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
--- one remains in the value, where "\." matches a dot literally.  For
--- simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
--- ```
---
--- Also used for the `gf` command if an unmodified file name can't be
--- found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
--- Note: Not used for `<cfile>`.
---
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
--- the script ID (`local-function`).  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr()
--- 	setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr()
--- ```
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
---
--- It is more efficient if the value is just a function call without
--- arguments, see `expr-option-function`.
---
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'includeexpr' `textlock`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.includeexpr = ""
vim.o.inex = vim.o.includeexpr
vim.bo.includeexpr = vim.o.includeexpr
vim.bo.inex = vim.bo.includeexpr

--- While typing a search command, show where the pattern, as it was typed
--- so far, matches.  The matched string is highlighted.  If the pattern
--- is invalid or not found, nothing is shown.  The screen will be updated
--- often, this is only useful on fast terminals.
--- Note that the match will be shown, but the cursor will return to its
--- original position when no match is found and when pressing <Esc>.  You
--- still need to finish the search command with <Enter> to move the
--- cursor to the match.
--- You can use the CTRL-G and CTRL-T keys to move to the next and
--- previous match. `c_CTRL-G` `c_CTRL-T`
--- Vim only searches for about half a second.  With a complicated
--- pattern and/or a lot of text the match may not be found.  This is to
--- avoid that Vim hangs while you are typing the pattern.
--- The `hl-IncSearch` highlight group determines the highlighting.
--- When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while
--- typing a search command.  See also: 'hlsearch'.
--- If you don't want to turn 'hlsearch' on, but want to highlight all
--- matches while searching, you can turn on and off 'hlsearch' with
--- autocmd.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	augroup vimrc-incsearch-highlight
--- 	  autocmd!
--- 	  autocmd CmdlineEnter [\/\?] :set hlsearch
--- 	  autocmd CmdlineLeave [\/\?] :set nohlsearch
--- 	augroup END
--- ```
---
--- CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
--- to the command line.  If 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the
--- command line has no uppercase characters, the added character is
--- converted to lowercase.
--- CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
--- match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.incsearch = true
vim.o.is = vim.o.incsearch
vim.go.incsearch = vim.o.incsearch
vim.go.is = vim.go.incsearch

--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain the proper indent for a line.
--- It is used when a new line is created, for the `=` operator and
--- in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
--- When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
--- 'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
--- only used when 'lispoptions' contains "expr:1".
--- The expression is evaluated with `v:lnum` set to the line number for
--- which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
--- when the expression is evaluated (but it may be moved around).
---
--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
--- the script ID (`local-function`).  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set indentexpr=s:MyIndentExpr()
--- 	set indentexpr=<SID>SomeIndentExpr()
--- ```
--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
---
--- The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
--- faster, see `expr-option-function`.
---
--- The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
--- can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
--- used for the indent).
--- Functions useful for computing the indent are `indent()`, `cindent()`
--- and `lispindent()`.
--- The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!  It must
--- not change the text, jump to another window, etc.  Afterwards the
--- cursor position is always restored, thus the cursor may be moved.
--- Normally this option would be set to call a function:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set indentexpr=GetMyIndent()
--- ```
--- Error messages will be suppressed, unless the 'debug' option contains
--- "msg".
--- See `indent-expression`.
---
--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'indentexpr' `textlock`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.indentexpr = ""
vim.o.inde = vim.o.indentexpr
vim.bo.indentexpr = vim.o.indentexpr
vim.bo.inde = vim.bo.indentexpr

--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
--- the current line.  Only happens if 'indentexpr' isn't empty.
--- The format is identical to 'cinkeys', see `indentkeys-format`.
--- See `C-indenting` and `indent-expression`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.indentkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
vim.o.indk = vim.o.indentkeys
vim.bo.indentkeys = vim.o.indentkeys
vim.bo.indk = vim.bo.indentkeys

--- When doing keyword completion in insert mode `ins-completion`, and
--- 'ignorecase' is also on, the case of the match is adjusted depending
--- on the typed text.  If the typed text contains a lowercase letter
--- where the match has an upper case letter, the completed part is made
--- lowercase.  If the typed text has no lowercase letters and the match
--- has a lowercase letter where the typed text has an uppercase letter,
--- and there is a letter before it, the completed part is made uppercase.
--- With 'noinfercase' the match is used as-is.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.infercase = false
vim.o.inf = vim.o.infercase
vim.bo.infercase = vim.o.infercase
vim.bo.inf = vim.bo.infercase

--- The characters specified by this option are included in file names and
--- path names.  Filenames are used for commands like "gf", "[i" and in
--- the tags file.  It is also used for "\f" in a `pattern`.
--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option.
--- For UTF-8 the characters 0xa0 to 0xff are included as well.
--- Think twice before adding white space to this option.  Although a
--- space may appear inside a file name, the effect will be that Vim
--- doesn't know where a file name starts or ends when doing completion.
--- It most likely works better without a space in 'isfname'.
---
--- Note that on systems using a backslash as path separator, Vim tries to
--- do its best to make it work as you would expect.  That is a bit
--- tricky, since Vi originally used the backslash to escape special
--- characters.  Vim will not remove a backslash in front of a normal file
--- name character on these systems, but it will on Unix and alikes.  The
--- '&' and '^' are not included by default, because these are special for
--- cmd.exe.
---
--- The format of this option is a list of parts, separated with commas.
--- Each part can be a single character number or a range.  A range is two
--- character numbers with '-' in between.  A character number can be a
--- decimal number between 0 and 255 or the ASCII character itself (does
--- not work for digits).  Example:
--- 	"_,-,128-140,#-43"	(include '_' and '-' and the range
--- 				128 to 140 and '#' to 43)
--- If a part starts with '^', the following character number or range
--- will be excluded from the option.  The option is interpreted from left
--- to right.  Put the excluded character after the range where it is
--- included.  To include '^' itself use it as the last character of the
--- option or the end of a range.  Example:
--- 	"^a-z,#,^"	(exclude 'a' to 'z', include '#' and '^')
--- If the character is '@', all characters where isalpha() returns TRUE
--- are included.  Normally these are the characters a to z and A to Z,
--- plus accented characters.  To include '@' itself use "@-@".  Examples:
--- 	"@,^a-z"	All alphabetic characters, excluding lower
--- 			case ASCII letters.
--- 	"a-z,A-Z,@-@"	All letters plus the '@' character.
--- A comma can be included by using it where a character number is
--- expected.  Example:
--- 	"48-57,,,_"	Digits, comma and underscore.
--- A comma can be excluded by prepending a '^'.  Example:
--- 	" -~,^,,9"	All characters from space to '~', excluding
--- 			comma, plus <Tab>.
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.isfname = "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,~,="
vim.o.isf = vim.o.isfname
vim.go.isfname = vim.o.isfname
vim.go.isf = vim.go.isfname

--- The characters given by this option are included in identifiers.
--- Identifiers are used in recognizing environment variables and after a
--- match of the 'define' option.  It is also used for "\i" in a
--- `pattern`.  See 'isfname' for a description of the format of this
--- option.  For '@' only characters up to 255 are used.
--- Careful: If you change this option, it might break expanding
--- environment variables.  E.g., when '/' is included and Vim tries to
--- expand "$HOME/.local/state/nvim/shada/main.shada".  Maybe you should
--- change 'iskeyword' instead.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.isident = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
vim.o.isi = vim.o.isident
vim.go.isident = vim.o.isident
vim.go.isi = vim.go.isident

--- Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
--- "w", "*", "[i", etc.  It is also used for "\k" in a `pattern`.  See
--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option.  For '@'
--- characters above 255 check the "word" character class (any character
--- that is categorized as a letter, number or emoji according to the
--- Unicode general category).
---
--- Note that there is a difference between the "\k" character class and
--- the `word` motion.  The former matches any word character, while the
--- latter stops at a change of the character class.
---
--- For C programs you could use "a-z,A-Z,48-57,_,.,-,>".
--- For a help file it is set to all non-blank printable characters except
--- "*", '"' and '|' (so that CTRL-] on a command finds the help for that
--- command).
--- When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
--- This option also influences syntax highlighting, unless the syntax
--- uses `:syn-iskeyword`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.iskeyword = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
vim.o.isk = vim.o.iskeyword
vim.bo.iskeyword = vim.o.iskeyword
vim.bo.isk = vim.bo.iskeyword

--- The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
--- screen.  It is also used for "\p" in a `pattern`.  The characters from
--- space (ASCII 32) to '~' (ASCII 126) are always displayed directly,
--- even when they are not included in 'isprint' or excluded.  See
--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option.
---
--- Non-printable characters are displayed with two characters:
--- 	  0 -  31	"^@" - "^_"
--- 	 32 - 126	always single characters
--- 	   127		"^?"
--- 	128 - 159	"~@" - "~_"
--- 	160 - 254	"| " - "|~"
--- 	   255		"~?"
--- Illegal bytes from 128 to 255 (invalid UTF-8) are
--- displayed as <xx>, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
--- When 'display' contains "uhex" all unprintable characters are
--- displayed as <xx>.
--- The SpecialKey highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
--- `hl-SpecialKey`
---
--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option.  When a character
--- is printable but it is not available in the current font, a
--- replacement character will be shown.
--- Unprintable and zero-width Unicode characters are displayed as <xxxx>.
--- There is no option to specify these characters.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.isprint = "@,161-255"
vim.o.isp = vim.o.isprint
vim.go.isprint = vim.o.isprint
vim.go.isp = vim.go.isprint

--- Insert two spaces after a '.', '?' and '!' with a join command.
--- Otherwise only one space is inserted.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.joinspaces = false
vim.o.js = vim.o.joinspaces
vim.go.joinspaces = vim.o.joinspaces
vim.go.js = vim.go.joinspaces

--- List of words that change the behavior of the `jumplist`.
---   stack         Make the jumplist behave like the tagstack.
--- 		Relative location of entries in the jumplist is
--- 		preserved at the cost of discarding subsequent entries
--- 		when navigating backwards in the jumplist and then
--- 		jumping to a location.  `jumplist-stack`
---
---   view          When moving through the jumplist, `changelist`,
--- 		`alternate-file`, using `mark-motions` or when popping
--- 		the `tagstack` try to restore the `mark-view` in which
--- 		the action occurred.
---
---   clean         Remove unloaded buffers from the jumplist.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.jumpoptions = "clean"
vim.o.jop = vim.o.jumpoptions
vim.go.jumpoptions = vim.o.jumpoptions
vim.go.jop = vim.go.jumpoptions

--- Name of a keyboard mapping.  See `mbyte-keymap`.
--- Setting this option to a valid keymap name has the side effect of
--- setting 'iminsert' to one, so that the keymap becomes effective.
--- 'imsearch' is also set to one, unless it was -1
--- Only alphanumeric characters, '.', '-' and '_' can be used.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.keymap = ""
vim.o.kmp = vim.o.keymap
vim.bo.keymap = vim.o.keymap
vim.bo.kmp = vim.bo.keymap

--- List of comma-separated words, which enable special things that keys
--- can do.  These values can be used:
---    startsel	Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
--- 		Select mode or Visual mode, depending on "key" being
--- 		present in 'selectmode').
---    stopsel	Using a not-shifted special key stops selection.
--- Special keys in this context are the cursor keys, <End>, <Home>,
--- <PageUp> and <PageDown>.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.keymodel = ""
vim.o.km = vim.o.keymodel
vim.go.keymodel = vim.o.keymodel
vim.go.km = vim.go.keymodel

--- Program to use for the `K` command.  Environment variables are
--- expanded `:set_env`.
---
--- Special cases:
--- - ":help" opens the `word` at cursor using `:help`.  (Note that
---   previously setting the global option to the empty value did this,
---   which is now deprecated.)
--- - ":help!" performs `:help!` (DWIM) on the `WORD` at cursor.
--- - If the value starts with ":", it is invoked as an Ex command
---   prefixed with [count].
--- - If "man" or "man -s", [count] is the manpage section number.
---
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set keywordprg=:help!
--- 	set keywordprg=man\ -s
--- 	set keywordprg=:Man
--- ```
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.keywordprg = ":Man"
vim.o.kp = vim.o.keywordprg
vim.bo.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
vim.bo.kp = vim.bo.keywordprg
vim.go.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
vim.go.kp = vim.go.keywordprg

--- This option allows switching your keyboard into a special language
--- mode.  When you are typing text in Insert mode the characters are
--- inserted directly.  When in Normal mode the 'langmap' option takes
--- care of translating these special characters to the original meaning
--- of the key.  This means you don't have to change the keyboard mode to
--- be able to execute Normal mode commands.
--- This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
--- mapped in Insert mode.
--- Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
--- applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*
---
--- ```vim
---     set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
--- ```
--- Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands):
---
--- ```vim
---     set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
--- ```
---
--- The 'langmap' option is a list of parts, separated with commas.  Each
--- part can be in one of two forms:
--- 1.  A list of pairs.  Each pair is a "from" character immediately
---     followed by the "to" character.  Examples: "aA", "aAbBcC".
--- 2.  A list of "from" characters, a semicolon and a list of "to"
---     characters.  Example: "abc;ABC"
--- Example: "aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE"
--- Special characters need to be preceded with a backslash.  These are
--- ";", ',', '"', '|' and backslash itself.
---
--- This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
--- back and forth between the languages.  Your language characters will
--- be understood as normal vim English characters (according to the
--- langmap mappings) in the following cases:
---  o Normal/Visual mode (commands, buffer/register names, user mappings)
---  o Insert/Replace Mode: Register names after CTRL-R
---  o Insert/Replace Mode: Mappings
--- Characters entered in Command-line mode will NOT be affected by
--- this option.   Note that this option can be changed at any time
--- allowing to switch between mappings for different languages/encodings.
--- Use a mapping to avoid having to type it each time!
---
--- @type string
vim.o.langmap = ""
vim.o.lmap = vim.o.langmap
vim.go.langmap = vim.o.langmap
vim.go.lmap = vim.go.langmap

--- Language to use for menu translation.  Tells which file is loaded
--- from the "lang" directory in 'runtimepath':
---
--- ```vim
--- 	"lang/menu_" .. &langmenu .. ".vim"
--- ```
--- (without the spaces).  For example, to always use the Dutch menus, no
--- matter what $LANG is set to:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1
--- ```
--- When 'langmenu' is empty, `v:lang` is used.
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
--- If your $LANG is set to a non-English language but you do want to use
--- the English menus:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set langmenu=none
--- ```
--- This option must be set before loading menus, switching on filetype
--- detection or syntax highlighting.  Once the menus are defined setting
--- this option has no effect.  But you could do this:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	source $VIMRUNTIME/delmenu.vim
--- 	set langmenu=de_DE.ISO_8859-1
--- 	source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
--- ```
--- Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
---
--- @type string
vim.o.langmenu = ""
vim.o.lm = vim.o.langmenu
vim.go.langmenu = vim.o.langmenu
vim.go.lm = vim.go.langmenu

--- When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting
--- from a mapping.  If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings,
--- make sure this option is off.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.langremap = false
vim.o.lrm = vim.o.langremap
vim.go.langremap = vim.o.langremap
vim.go.lrm = vim.go.langremap

--- The value of this option influences when the last window will have a
--- status line:
--- 	0: never
--- 	1: only if there are at least two windows
--- 	2: always
--- 	3: always and ONLY the last window
--- The screen looks nicer with a status line if you have several
--- windows, but it takes another screen line. `status-line`
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.laststatus = 2
vim.o.ls = vim.o.laststatus
vim.go.laststatus = vim.o.laststatus
vim.go.ls = vim.go.laststatus

--- When this option is set, the screen will not be redrawn while
--- executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
--- typed.  Also, updating the window title is postponed.  To force an
--- update use `:redraw`.
--- This may occasionally cause display errors.  It is only meant to be
--- set temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
--- flickering or cause a slowdown.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.lazyredraw = false
vim.o.lz = vim.o.lazyredraw
vim.go.lazyredraw = vim.o.lazyredraw
vim.go.lz = vim.go.lazyredraw

--- Like 'chistory', but for the location list stack associated with a
--- window.  If the option is changed in either the location list window
--- itself or the window that is associated with the location list stack,
--- the new value will also be applied to the other one.  This means this
--- value will always be the same for a given location list window and its
--- corresponding window.  See `quickfix-stack` for additional info.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.lhistory = 10
vim.o.lhi = vim.o.lhistory
vim.wo.lhistory = vim.o.lhistory
vim.wo.lhi = vim.wo.lhistory

--- If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
--- than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
--- 'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
--- it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
--- If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented.  Then, the value
--- of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines.  This option
--- is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
--- Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
--- with the right amount of white space.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.linebreak = false
vim.o.lbr = vim.o.linebreak
vim.wo.linebreak = vim.o.linebreak
vim.wo.lbr = vim.wo.linebreak

--- Number of lines of the Vim window.
--- Normally you don't need to set this.  It is done automatically by the
--- terminal initialization code.
--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
--- option will cause the window size to be changed.  When you only want
--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `gvimrc` file.
--- Vim limits the number of lines to what fits on the screen.  You can
--- use this command to get the tallest window possible:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set lines=999
--- ```
--- Minimum value is 2, maximum value is 1000.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.lines = 24
vim.go.lines = vim.o.lines

--- 		only in the GUI
--- Number of pixel lines inserted between characters.  Useful if the font
--- uses the full character cell height, making lines touch each other.
--- When non-zero there is room for underlining.
--- With some fonts there can be too much room between lines (to have
--- space for ascents and descents).  Then it makes sense to set
--- 'linespace' to a negative value.  This may cause display problems
--- though!
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.linespace = 0
vim.o.lsp = vim.o.linespace
vim.go.linespace = vim.o.linespace
vim.go.lsp = vim.go.linespace

--- Lisp mode: When <Enter> is typed in insert mode set the indent for
--- the next line to Lisp standards (well, sort of).  Also happens with
--- "cc" or "S".  'autoindent' must also be on for this to work.
--- Also see 'lispwords'.
--- The '-' character is included in keyword characters.  Redefines the
--- "=" operator to use this same indentation algorithm rather than
--- calling an external program if 'equalprg' is empty.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.lisp = false
vim.bo.lisp = vim.o.lisp

--- Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
--- enabled with the 'lisp' option.  Currently only one item is supported:
--- 	expr:1	use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
--- 	expr:0	do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
--- Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
--- lines, otherwise the first line is not indented (Vi-compatible).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.lispoptions = ""
vim.o.lop = vim.o.lispoptions
vim.bo.lispoptions = vim.o.lispoptions
vim.bo.lop = vim.bo.lispoptions

--- Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting when
--- enabled with the 'lisp' option.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.lispwords = "defun,define,defmacro,set!,lambda,if,case,let,flet,let*,letrec,do,do*,define-syntax,let-syntax,letrec-syntax,destructuring-bind,defpackage,defparameter,defstruct,deftype,defvar,do-all-symbols,do-external-symbols,do-symbols,dolist,dotimes,ecase,etypecase,eval-when,labels,macrolet,multiple-value-bind,multiple-value-call,multiple-value-prog1,multiple-value-setq,prog1,progv,typecase,unless,unwind-protect,when,with-input-from-string,with-open-file,with-open-stream,with-output-to-string,with-package-iterator,define-condition,handler-bind,handler-case,restart-bind,restart-case,with-simple-restart,store-value,use-value,muffle-warning,abort,continue,with-slots,with-slots*,with-accessors,with-accessors*,defclass,defmethod,print-unreadable-object"
vim.o.lw = vim.o.lispwords
vim.bo.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
vim.bo.lw = vim.bo.lispwords
vim.go.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
vim.go.lw = vim.go.lispwords

--- List mode: By default, show tabs as ">", trailing spaces as "-", and
--- non-breakable space characters as "+". Useful to see the difference
--- between tabs and spaces and for trailing blanks. Further changed by
--- the 'listchars' option.
---
--- When 'listchars' does not contain "tab" field, tabs are shown as "^I"
--- or "<09>", like how unprintable characters are displayed.
---
--- The cursor is displayed at the start of the space a Tab character
--- occupies, not at the end as usual in Normal mode.  To get this cursor
--- position while displaying Tabs with spaces, use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &list = v:true | let &lcs = 'tab:  '
--- ```
---
--- Note that list mode will also affect formatting (set with 'textwidth'
--- or 'wrapmargin') when 'cpoptions' includes 'L'.  See 'listchars' for
--- changing the way tabs are displayed.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.list = false
vim.wo.list = vim.o.list

--- Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the `:list` command.  It is a
--- comma-separated list of string settings. *E1511*
---
--- 						*lcs-eol*
---   eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
--- 		omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
--- 		line.
--- 						*lcs-tab*
---   tab:xy[z]	Two or three characters to be used to show a tab.
--- 		The third character is optional.
---
---   tab:xy	The 'x' is always used, then 'y' as many times as will
--- 		fit.  Thus "tab:>-" displays:
--- ```
---
--- ```
--- 			>-
--- 			>--
--- 			etc.
--- ```
---
---   tab:xyz	The 'z' is always used, then 'x' is prepended, and
--- 		then 'y' is used as many times as will fit.  Thus
--- 		"tab:<->" displays:
--- ```
---
--- ```
--- 			<>
--- 			<->
--- 			<-->
--- 			etc.
--- ```
---
--- 		When "tab:" is omitted, a tab is shown as ^I.
--- 						*lcs-space*
---   space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
--- 		are left blank.
--- 						*lcs-multispace*
---   multispace:c...
--- 		One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
--- 		multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
--- 		setting, except for single spaces.  When omitted, the
--- 		"space" setting is used.  For example,
--- 		`:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
--- 		spaces as:
--- ```
--- 			---+---+--
--- ```
---
--- 						*lcs-lead*
---   lead:c	Character to show for leading spaces.  When omitted,
--- 		leading spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space" and
--- 		"multispace" settings for leading spaces.  You can
--- 		combine it with "tab:", for example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 			set listchars+=tab:>-,lead:.
--- ```
---
--- 						*lcs-leadmultispace*
---   leadmultispace:c...
--- 		Like the `lcs-multispace` value, but for leading
--- 		spaces only.  Also overrides `lcs-lead` for leading
--- 		multiple spaces.
--- 		`:set listchars=leadmultispace:---+` shows ten
--- 		consecutive leading spaces as:
--- ```
--- 			---+---+--XXX
--- ```
---
--- 		Where "XXX" denotes the first non-blank characters in
--- 		the line.
--- 						*lcs-leadtab*
---   leadtab:xy[z]
--- 		Like `lcs-tab`, but only for leading tabs.  When
--- 		omitted, the "tab" setting is used for leading tabs.
--- 		`lcs-tab` must also be set for this to work. *E1572*
--- 		You can combine it with "tab:", for example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 			let &listchars = 'tab:>-,leadtab:. '
--- ```
--- This shows leading tabs as periods(.) and other tabs
--- 		as ">--".
--- 						*lcs-trail*
---   trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
--- 		trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space" and
--- 		"multispace" settings for trailing spaces.
--- 						*lcs-extends*
---   extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
--- 		off and the line continues beyond the right of the
--- 		screen.
--- 						*lcs-precedes*
---   precedes:c	Character to show in the first visible column of the
--- 		physical line, when there is text preceding the
--- 		character visible in the first column.
--- 						*lcs-conceal*
---   conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
--- 		'conceallevel' is set to 1.  A space when omitted.
--- 						*lcs-nbsp*
---   nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
--- 		(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
--- 		omitted.
---
--- The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
--- be used.  All characters must be single width. *E1512*
---
--- Each character can be specified as hex:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set listchars=eol:\\x24
--- 	set listchars=eol:\\u21b5
--- 	set listchars=eol:\\U000021b5
--- ```
--- Note that a double backslash is used.  The number of hex characters
--- must be exactly 2 for \\x, 4 for \\u and 8 for \\U.
---
--- Examples:
---
--- ```vim
---     set lcs=tab:>-,trail:-
---     set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
---     set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
--- ```
--- `hl-NonText` highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
--- "precedes". `hl-Whitespace` for "nbsp", "space", "tab", "multispace",
--- "lead" and "trail".
---
--- @type string
vim.o.listchars = "tab:> ,trail:-,nbsp:+"
vim.o.lcs = vim.o.listchars
vim.wo.listchars = vim.o.listchars
vim.wo.lcs = vim.wo.listchars
vim.go.listchars = vim.o.listchars
vim.go.lcs = vim.go.listchars

--- When on the plugin scripts are loaded when starting up `load-plugins`.
--- This option can be reset in your `vimrc` file to disable the loading
--- of plugins.
--- Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
--- reset this option. `-u` `--noplugin`
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.loadplugins = true
vim.o.lpl = vim.o.loadplugins
vim.go.loadplugins = vim.o.loadplugins
vim.go.lpl = vim.go.loadplugins

--- Name of the errorfile for the `:make` command (see `:make_makeprg`)
--- and the `:grep` command.
--- When it is empty, an internally generated temp file will be used.
--- When "##" is included, it is replaced by a number to make the name
--- unique.  This makes sure that the ":make" command doesn't overwrite an
--- existing file.
--- NOT used for the ":cf" command.  See 'errorfile' for that.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.makeef = ""
vim.o.mef = vim.o.makeef
vim.go.makeef = vim.o.makeef
vim.go.mef = vim.go.makeef

--- Encoding used for reading the output of external commands.  When
--- empty, encoding is not converted.
--- This is used for `:make`, `:lmake`, `:grep`, `:lgrep`, `:grepadd`,
--- `:lgrepadd`, `:cfile`, `:cgetfile`, `:caddfile`, `:lfile`, `:lgetfile`,
--- and `:laddfile`.
---
--- This would be mostly useful when you use MS-Windows.  If iconv is
--- enabled, setting 'makeencoding' to "char" has the same effect as
--- setting to the system locale encoding.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set makeencoding=char	" system locale is used
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.makeencoding = ""
vim.o.menc = vim.o.makeencoding
vim.bo.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
vim.bo.menc = vim.bo.makeencoding
vim.go.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
vim.go.menc = vim.go.makeencoding

--- Program to use for the ":make" command.  See `:make_makeprg`.
--- This option may contain '%' and '#' characters (see  `:_%` and `:_#`),
--- which are expanded to the current and alternate file name.  Use `::S`
--- to escape file names in case they contain special characters.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
--- about including spaces and backslashes.
--- Note that a '|' must be escaped twice: once for ":set" and once for
--- the interpretation of a command.  When you use a filter called
--- "myfilter" do it like this:
---
--- ```vim
---     set makeprg=gmake\ \\\|\ myfilter
--- ```
--- The placeholder "$*" can be given (even multiple times) to specify
--- where the arguments will be included, for example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set makeprg=latex\ \\\\nonstopmode\ \\\\input\\{$*}
--- ```
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.makeprg = "make"
vim.o.mp = vim.o.makeprg
vim.bo.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
vim.bo.mp = vim.bo.makeprg
vim.go.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
vim.go.mp = vim.go.makeprg

--- Characters that form pairs.  The `%` command jumps from one to the
--- other.
--- Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
--- jump between two double quotes.
--- The characters must be separated by a colon.
--- The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
--- '>' (for HTML):
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set mps+=<:>
--- ```
--- A more exotic example, to jump between the '=' and ';' in an
--- assignment, useful for languages like C and Java:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	au FileType c,cpp,java set mps+==:;
--- ```
--- For a more advanced way of using "%", see the matchit.vim plugin in
--- the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin directory. `add-local-help`
---
--- @type string
vim.o.matchpairs = "(:),{:},[:]"
vim.o.mps = vim.o.matchpairs
vim.bo.matchpairs = vim.o.matchpairs
vim.bo.mps = vim.bo.matchpairs

--- Tenths of a second to show the matching paren, when 'showmatch' is
--- set.  Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
--- set a time.  This is to be compatible with Nvi.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.matchtime = 5
vim.o.mat = vim.o.matchtime
vim.go.matchtime = vim.o.matchtime
vim.go.mat = vim.go.matchtime

--- Maximum depth of function calls for user functions.  This normally
--- catches endless recursion.  When using a recursive function with
--- more depth, set 'maxfuncdepth' to a bigger number.  But this will use
--- more memory, there is the danger of failing when memory is exhausted.
--- Increasing this limit above 200 also changes the maximum for Ex
--- command recursion, see `E169`.
--- See also `:function`.
--- Also used for maximum depth of callback functions.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.maxfuncdepth = 100
vim.o.mfd = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
vim.go.maxfuncdepth = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
vim.go.mfd = vim.go.maxfuncdepth

--- Maximum number of times a mapping is done without resulting in a
--- character to be used.  This normally catches endless mappings, like
--- ":map x y" with ":map y x".  It still does not catch ":map g wg",
--- because the 'w' is used before the next mapping is done.  See also
--- `key-mapping`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.maxmapdepth = 1000
vim.o.mmd = vim.o.maxmapdepth
vim.go.maxmapdepth = vim.o.maxmapdepth
vim.go.mmd = vim.go.maxmapdepth

--- Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for pattern matching.
--- The maximum value is about 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.
--- 						*E363*
--- When Vim runs into the limit it gives an error message and mostly
--- behaves like CTRL-C was typed.
--- Running into the limit often means that the pattern is very
--- inefficient or too complex.  This may already happen with the pattern
--- `\(.\)*` on a very long line.  `.*` works much better.
--- Might also happen on redraw, when syntax rules try to match a complex
--- text structure.
--- Vim may run out of memory before hitting the 'maxmempattern' limit, in
--- which case you get an "Out of memory" error instead.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.maxmempattern = 1000
vim.o.mmp = vim.o.maxmempattern
vim.go.maxmempattern = vim.o.maxmempattern
vim.go.mmp = vim.go.maxmempattern

--- Maximum number of matches shown for the search count status `shm-S`
--- When the number of matches exceeds this value, Vim shows ">" instead
--- of the exact count to keep searching fast.
--- Note: larger values may impact performance.
--- The value must be between 1 and 9999.  See also the `searchcount()`
--- function.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.maxsearchcount = 999
vim.o.msc = vim.o.maxsearchcount
vim.go.maxsearchcount = vim.o.maxsearchcount
vim.go.msc = vim.go.maxsearchcount

--- Maximum number of items to use in a menu.  Used for menus that are
--- generated from a list of items, e.g., the Buffers menu.  Changing this
--- option has no direct effect, the menu must be refreshed first.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.menuitems = 25
vim.o.mis = vim.o.menuitems
vim.go.menuitems = vim.o.menuitems
vim.go.mis = vim.go.menuitems

--- Option settings for outputting messages.  It can consist of the
--- following items.  Items must be separated by a comma.
---
--- history:{n}	Determines how many entries are remembered in the
--- 		`:messages` history.  The maximum value is 10000.
--- 		Setting it to zero clears the message history.
--- 		This item must always be present.
---
--- hit-enter	Use a `hit-enter` prompt when the message is longer than
--- 		'cmdheight' size.
---
--- progress:{s}	Determines where to show progress messages.
--- 		Valid values are:
--- 		  - empty: Progress messages not shown in cmdline.
--- 		  - "c": Progress messages are shown in cmdline.
---
--- wait:{n}	Deprecated with `ui2`.
--- 		Instead of a `hit-enter` prompt, simply wait for {n}
--- 		milliseconds so the user has a chance to read the
--- 		message.  Maximum {n} is 10000.  Use 0 to disable the
--- 		wait (user won't see any "hit-enter" messages).
--- 		Ignored when "hit-enter" is present, but required when
--- 		"hit-enter" is not present.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.messagesopt = "hit-enter,history:500,progress:c"
vim.o.mopt = vim.o.messagesopt
vim.go.messagesopt = vim.o.messagesopt
vim.go.mopt = vim.go.messagesopt

--- Parameters for `:mkspell`.  This tunes when to start compressing the
--- word tree.  Compression can be slow when there are many words, but
--- it's needed to avoid running out of memory.  The amount of memory used
--- per word depends very much on how similar the words are, that's why
--- this tuning is complicated.
---
--- There are three numbers, separated by commas:
--- ```
--- 	{start},{inc},{added}
--- ```
---
--- For most languages the uncompressed word tree fits in memory.  {start}
--- gives the amount of memory in Kbyte that can be used before any
--- compression is done.  It should be a bit smaller than the amount of
--- memory that is available to Vim.
---
--- When going over the {start} limit the {inc} number specifies the
--- amount of memory in Kbyte that can be allocated before another
--- compression is done.  A low number means compression is done after
--- less words are added, which is slow.  A high number means more memory
--- will be allocated.
---
--- After doing compression, {added} times 1024 words can be added before
--- the {inc} limit is ignored and compression is done when any extra
--- amount of memory is needed.  A low number means there is a smaller
--- chance of hitting the {inc} limit, less memory is used but it's
--- slower.
---
--- The languages for which these numbers are important are Italian and
--- Hungarian.  The default works for when you have about 512 Mbyte.  If
--- you have 1 Gbyte you could use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set mkspellmem=900000,3000,800
--- ```
--- If you have less than 512 Mbyte `:mkspell` may fail for some
--- languages, no matter what you set 'mkspellmem' to.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.mkspellmem = "460000,2000,500"
vim.o.msm = vim.o.mkspellmem
vim.go.mkspellmem = vim.o.mkspellmem
vim.go.msm = vim.go.mkspellmem

--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
--- checked for set commands.  If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
--- no lines are checked.  See `modeline`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.modeline = true
vim.o.ml = vim.o.modeline
vim.bo.modeline = vim.o.modeline
vim.bo.ml = vim.bo.modeline

--- When on allow some options that are an expression to be set in the
--- modeline.  Check the option for whether it is affected by
--- 'modelineexpr'.  Also see `modeline`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.modelineexpr = false
vim.o.mle = vim.o.modelineexpr
vim.go.modelineexpr = vim.o.modelineexpr
vim.go.mle = vim.go.modelineexpr

--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
--- checked for set commands.  If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
--- no lines are checked.  See `modeline`.
---
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.modelines = 5
vim.o.mls = vim.o.modelines
vim.go.modelines = vim.o.modelines
vim.go.mls = vim.go.modelines

--- When off the buffer contents cannot be changed.  The 'fileformat' and
--- 'fileencoding' options also can't be changed.
--- Can be reset on startup with the `-M` command line argument.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.modifiable = true
vim.o.ma = vim.o.modifiable
vim.bo.modifiable = vim.o.modifiable
vim.bo.ma = vim.bo.modifiable

--- When on, the buffer is considered to be modified.  This option is set
--- when:
--- 1. A change was made to the text since it was last written.  Using the
---    `undo` command to go back to the original text will reset the
---    option.  But undoing changes that were made before writing the
---    buffer will set the option again, since the text is different from
---    when it was written.
--- 2. 'fileformat' or 'fileencoding' is different from its original
---    value.  The original value is set when the buffer is read or
---    written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
---    values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
---    reset.
---    Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
--- This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
--- result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
--- FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See `gzip-example` for
--- an explanation.
---
--- When 'buftype' is "prompt", 'modified' is not implicitly set when the
--- buffer is changed, but a user or plugin may explicitly set it.
---
--- When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile", this option may be set, but
--- will be ignored.
---
--- Note that the text may actually be the same, e.g. 'modified' is set
--- when using "rA" on an "A".
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.modified = false
vim.o.mod = vim.o.modified
vim.bo.modified = vim.o.modified
vim.bo.mod = vim.bo.modified

--- When on, listings pause when the whole screen is filled.  You will get
--- the `more-prompt`.  When this option is off there are no pauses, the
--- listing continues until finished.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.more = true
vim.go.more = vim.o.more

--- Enables mouse support. For example, to enable the mouse in Normal mode
--- and Visual mode:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set mouse=nv
--- ```
---
--- To temporarily disable mouse support, hold the shift key while using
--- the mouse.
---
--- Mouse support can be enabled for different modes:
--- 	n	Normal mode
--- 	v	Visual mode
--- 	i	Insert mode
--- 	c	Command-line mode
--- 	h	all previous modes when editing a help file
--- 	a	all previous modes
--- 	r	for `hit-enter` and `more-prompt` prompt
---
--- Left-click anywhere in a text buffer to place the cursor there.  This
--- works with operators too, e.g. type `d` then left-click to delete text
--- from the current cursor position to the position where you clicked.
---
--- Drag the `status-line` or vertical separator of a window to resize it.
---
--- If enabled for "v" (Visual mode) then double-click selects word-wise,
--- triple-click makes it line-wise, and quadruple-click makes it
--- rectangular block-wise.
---
--- For scrolling with a mouse wheel see `scroll-mouse-wheel`.
---
--- Note: When enabling the mouse in a terminal, copy/paste will use the
--- "* register if possible. See also 'clipboard'.
---
--- Related options:
--- 'mousefocus'	window focus follows mouse pointer
--- 'mousemodel'	what mouse button does which action
--- 'mousehide'	hide mouse pointer while typing text
--- 'selectmode'	whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
---
--- @type string
vim.o.mouse = "nvi"
vim.go.mouse = vim.o.mouse

--- The window that the mouse pointer is on is automatically activated.
--- When changing the window layout or window focus in another way, the
--- mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
--- default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
--- a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.mousefocus = false
vim.o.mousef = vim.o.mousefocus
vim.go.mousefocus = vim.o.mousefocus
vim.go.mousef = vim.go.mousefocus

--- 		only in the GUI
--- When on, the mouse pointer is hidden when characters are typed.
--- The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.mousehide = true
vim.o.mh = vim.o.mousehide
vim.go.mousehide = vim.o.mousehide
vim.go.mh = vim.go.mousehide

--- Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
--- the right mouse button is used for:
---    extend	Right mouse button extends a selection.  This works
--- 		like in an xterm.
---    popup	Right mouse button pops up a menu.  The shifted left
--- 		mouse button extends a selection.  This works like
--- 		with Microsoft Windows.
---    popup_setpos Like "popup", but the cursor will be moved to the
--- 		position where the mouse was clicked, and thus the
--- 		selected operation will act upon the clicked object.
--- 		If clicking inside a selection, that selection will
--- 		be acted upon, i.e. no cursor move.  This implies of
--- 		course, that right clicking outside a selection will
--- 		end Visual mode.
--- Overview of what button does what for each model:
--- mouse		    extend		popup(_setpos) ~
--- left click	    place cursor	place cursor
--- left drag	    start selection	start selection
--- shift-left	    search word		extend selection
--- right click	    extend selection	popup menu (place cursor)
--- right drag	    extend selection	-
--- middle click	    paste		paste
---
--- In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
--- Nvim creates a default `popup-menu` but you can redefine it.
---
--- Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
--- See `mouse-overview`.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless selection.
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
---     map <S-LeftMouse>     <RightMouse>
---     map <S-LeftDrag>      <RightDrag>
---     map <S-LeftRelease>   <RightRelease>
---     map <2-S-LeftMouse>   <2-RightMouse>
---     map <2-S-LeftDrag>    <2-RightDrag>
---     map <2-S-LeftRelease> <2-RightRelease>
---     map <3-S-LeftMouse>   <3-RightMouse>
---     map <3-S-LeftDrag>    <3-RightDrag>
---     map <3-S-LeftRelease> <3-RightRelease>
---     map <4-S-LeftMouse>   <4-RightMouse>
---     map <4-S-LeftDrag>    <4-RightDrag>
---     map <4-S-LeftRelease> <4-RightRelease>
--- ```
---
--- Mouse commands requiring the CTRL modifier can be simulated by typing
--- the "g" key before using the mouse:
---     "g<LeftMouse>"  is "<C-LeftMouse>	(jump to tag under mouse click)
---     "g<RightMouse>" is "<C-RightMouse>	("CTRL-T")
---
--- @type 'extend'|'popup'|'popup_setpos'
vim.o.mousemodel = "popup_setpos"
vim.o.mousem = vim.o.mousemodel
vim.go.mousemodel = vim.o.mousemodel
vim.go.mousem = vim.go.mousemodel

--- When on, mouse move events are delivered to the input queue and are
--- available for mapping `<MouseMove>`.  The default, off, avoids the
--- mouse movement overhead except when needed.
--- Warning: Setting this option can make pending mappings to be aborted
--- when the mouse is moved.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.mousemoveevent = false
vim.o.mousemev = vim.o.mousemoveevent
vim.go.mousemoveevent = vim.o.mousemoveevent
vim.go.mousemev = vim.go.mousemoveevent

--- This option controls the number of lines / columns to scroll by when
--- scrolling with a mouse wheel (`scroll-mouse-wheel`). The option is
--- a comma-separated list. Each part consists of a direction and a count
--- as follows:
--- 	direction:count,direction:count
--- Direction is one of either "hor" or "ver". "hor" controls horizontal
--- scrolling and "ver" controls vertical scrolling. Count sets the amount
--- to scroll by for the given direction, it should be a non negative
--- integer. Each direction should be set at most once. If a direction
--- is omitted, a default value is used (6 for horizontal scrolling and 3
--- for vertical scrolling). You can disable mouse scrolling by using
--- a count of 0.
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set mousescroll=ver:5,hor:2
--- ```
--- Will make Nvim scroll 5 lines at a time when scrolling vertically, and
--- scroll 2 columns at a time when scrolling horizontally.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.mousescroll = "ver:3,hor:6"
vim.go.mousescroll = vim.o.mousescroll

--- Defines the maximum time in msec between two mouse clicks for the
--- second click to be recognized as a multi click.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.mousetime = 500
vim.o.mouset = vim.o.mousetime
vim.go.mousetime = vim.o.mousetime
vim.go.mouset = vim.go.mousetime

--- This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
--- CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
--- respectively; see `CTRL-A` for more info on these commands.
--- alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
--- 	incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
--- 	letter index a), b), etc.		*octal-nrformats*
--- octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
--- 	to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
--- hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
--- 	considered to be hexadecimal.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
--- 	"0x100" results in "0x0ff".
--- bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
--- 	considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
--- 	"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
--- unsigned    If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned.  Thus a
--- 	leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
--- 	the number.  Examples:
--- 	    Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
--- 	    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
--- 	    Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
--- 	    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
--- 	    Using CTRL-X on "0" or CTRL-A on "18446744073709551615"
--- 	    (2^64 - 1) has no effect, overflow is prevented.
--- blank	If included, treat numbers as signed or unsigned based on
--- 	preceding whitespace.  If a number with a leading dash has its
--- 	dash immediately preceded by a non-whitespace character (i.e.,
--- 	not a tab or a " "), the negative sign won't be considered as
--- 	part of the number.  For example:
--- 	    Using CTRL-A on "14" in "Carbon-14" results in "Carbon-15"
--- 	    (without "blank" it would become "Carbon-13").
--- 	    Using CTRL-X on "8" in "Carbon -8" results in "Carbon -9"
--- 	    (because -8 is preceded by whitespace.  If "unsigned" was
--- 	    set, it would result in "Carbon -7").
--- 	If this format is included, overflow is prevented as if
--- 	"unsigned" were set.  If both this format and "unsigned" are
--- 	included, "unsigned" will take precedence.
---
--- Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
--- considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
--- recognized as octal or hex.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.nrformats = "bin,hex"
vim.o.nf = vim.o.nrformats
vim.bo.nrformats = vim.o.nrformats
vim.bo.nf = vim.bo.nrformats

--- Print the line number in front of each line.  When the 'n' option is
--- excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped line will not use the column of
--- line numbers.
--- Use the 'numberwidth' option to adjust the room for the line number.
--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
--- characters are put before the number.
--- For highlighting see `hl-LineNr`, `hl-CursorLineNr`, and the
--- `:sign-define` "numhl" argument.
--- 					*number_relativenumber*
--- The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
--- relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
--- four combinations (cursor in line 3):
---
--- 	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
--- 	'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
--- ```
---     |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
---     |pear           |  2 pear       |  1 pear       |  1 pear
---     |nobody         |  3 nobody     |  0 nobody     |3   nobody
---     |there          |  4 there      |  1 there      |  1 there
--- ```
---
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.number = false
vim.o.nu = vim.o.number
vim.wo.number = vim.o.number
vim.wo.nu = vim.wo.number

--- Minimal number of columns to use for the line number.  Only relevant
--- when the 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set or printing lines
--- with a line number.  Since one space is always between the number and
--- the text, there is one less character for the number itself.
--- The value is the minimum width.  A bigger width is used when needed to
--- fit the highest line number in the buffer respectively the number of
--- rows in the window, depending on whether 'number' or 'relativenumber'
--- is set.  Thus with the Vim default of 4 there is room for a line
--- number up to 999.  When the buffer has 1000 lines five columns will be
--- used. The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 20.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.numberwidth = 4
vim.o.nuw = vim.o.numberwidth
vim.wo.numberwidth = vim.o.numberwidth
vim.wo.nuw = vim.wo.numberwidth

--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
--- completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O`
--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
--- invoked and what it should return.  The value can be the name of a
--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.  See `option-value-function` for
--- more information.
--- This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
--- `:filetype-plugin-on`
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.omnifunc = ""
vim.o.ofu = vim.o.omnifunc
vim.bo.omnifunc = vim.o.omnifunc
vim.bo.ofu = vim.bo.omnifunc

--- This option specifies a function to be called by the `g@` operator.
--- See `:map-operator` for more info and an example.  The value can be
--- the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.  See
--- `option-value-function` for more information.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.operatorfunc = ""
vim.o.opfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
vim.go.operatorfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
vim.go.opfunc = vim.go.operatorfunc

--- Directories used to find packages.
--- See `packages` and `packages-runtimepath`.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.packpath = "..."
vim.o.pp = vim.o.packpath
vim.go.packpath = vim.o.packpath
vim.go.pp = vim.go.packpath

--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate paragraphs.  These are pairs
--- of two letters (see `object-motions`).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.paragraphs = "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp"
vim.o.para = vim.o.paragraphs
vim.go.paragraphs = vim.o.paragraphs
vim.go.para = vim.go.paragraphs

--- Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
--- the resulting new version of the file.  See `diff-patchexpr`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.patchexpr = ""
vim.o.pex = vim.o.patchexpr
vim.go.patchexpr = vim.o.patchexpr
vim.go.pex = vim.go.patchexpr

--- When non-empty the oldest version of a file is kept.  This can be used
--- to keep the original version of a file if you are changing files in a
--- source distribution.  Only the first time that a file is written a
--- copy of the original file will be kept.  The name of the copy is the
--- name of the original file with the string in the 'patchmode' option
--- appended.  This option should start with a dot.  Use a string like
--- ".orig" or ".org".  'backupdir' must not be empty for this to work
--- (Detail: The backup file is renamed to the patchmode file after the
--- new file has been successfully written, that's why it must be possible
--- to write a backup file).  If there was no file to be backed up, an
--- empty file is created.
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a patchmode file is not made.
--- Using 'patchmode' for compressed files appends the extension at the
--- end (e.g., "file.gz.orig"), thus the resulting name isn't always
--- recognized as a compressed file.
--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.patchmode = ""
vim.o.pm = vim.o.patchmode
vim.go.patchmode = vim.o.patchmode
vim.go.pm = vim.go.patchmode

--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
--- `gf`, [f, ]f, ^Wf, `:find`, `:sfind`, `:tabfind` and other commands,
--- provided that the file being searched for has a relative path (not
--- starting with "/", "./" or "../").  The directories in the 'path'
--- option may be relative or absolute.
--- - Use commas to separate directory names:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.,/usr/local/include,/usr/include
--- ```
--- - Spaces can also be used to separate directory names.  To have a
---   space in a directory name, precede it with an extra backslash, and
---   escape the space:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.,/dir/with\\\ space
--- ```
--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with an extra
---   backslash:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.,/dir/with\\,comma
--- ```
--- - To search relative to the directory of the current file, use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.
--- ```
--- - To search in the current directory use an empty string between two
---   commas:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=,,
--- ```
--- - A directory name may end in a ':' or '/'.
--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- - When using `netrw` URLs can be used.  For example, adding
---   "https://www.vim.org" will make ":find index.html" work.
--- - Search upwards and downwards in a directory tree using "*", "**" and
---   ";".  See `file-searching` for info and syntax.
--- - Careful with '\' characters, type two to get one in the option:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.,c:\\include
--- ```
--- Or just use '/' instead:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path=.,c:/include
--- ```
--- Don't forget "." or files won't even be found in the same directory as
--- the file!
--- The maximum length is limited.  How much depends on the system, mostly
--- it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
--- You can check if all the include files are found, using the value of
--- 'path', see `:checkpath`.
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.  To remove the current directory use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path-=
--- ```
--- To add the current directory use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set path+=
--- ```
--- To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
--- separator.  Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
--- names are separated with a semicolon:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &path = &path .. "," .. substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
--- ```
--- Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
--- this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.path = ".,,"
vim.o.pa = vim.o.path
vim.bo.path = vim.o.path
vim.bo.pa = vim.bo.path
vim.go.path = vim.o.path
vim.go.pa = vim.go.path

--- When changing the indent of the current line, preserve as much of the
--- indent structure as possible.  Normally the indent is replaced by a
--- series of tabs followed by spaces as required (unless 'expandtab' is
--- enabled, in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option
--- means the indent will preserve as many existing characters as possible
--- for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces as required.
--- 'expandtab' does not apply to the preserved white space, a Tab remains
--- a Tab.
--- NOTE: When using ">>" multiple times the resulting indent is a mix of
--- tabs and spaces.  You might not like this.
--- Also see 'copyindent'.
--- Use `:retab` to clean up white space.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.preserveindent = false
vim.o.pi = vim.o.preserveindent
vim.bo.preserveindent = vim.o.preserveindent
vim.bo.pi = vim.bo.preserveindent

--- Default height for a preview window.  Used for `:ptag` and associated
--- commands.  Used for `CTRL-W_}` when no count is given.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.previewheight = 12
vim.o.pvh = vim.o.previewheight
vim.go.previewheight = vim.o.previewheight
vim.go.pvh = vim.go.previewheight

--- Identifies the preview window.  Only one window can have this option
--- set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
--- `:ptag`, `:pedit`, etc.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.previewwindow = false
vim.o.pvw = vim.o.previewwindow
vim.wo.previewwindow = vim.o.previewwindow
vim.wo.pvw = vim.wo.previewwindow

--- Enables pseudo-transparency for the `popup-menu`. Valid values are in
--- the range of 0 for fully opaque popupmenu (disabled) to 100 for fully
--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
---
--- It is possible to override the level for individual highlights within
--- the popupmenu using `highlight-blend`. For instance, to enable
--- transparency but force the current selected element to be fully opaque:
---
--- ```vim
---
--- 	set pumblend=15
--- 	hi PmenuSel blend=0
--- ```
---
--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.pumblend = 0
vim.o.pb = vim.o.pumblend
vim.go.pumblend = vim.o.pumblend
vim.go.pb = vim.go.pumblend

--- Defines the default border style of popupmenu windows. See 'winborder' for
--- valid values. `hl-PmenuBorder` is used for highlighting the border, and when
--- style is "shadow" the `hl-PmenuShadow` and `hl-PmenuShadowThrough` groups are used.
---
--- This option also applies to mouse popup menus when 'mousemodel' is set to
--- "popup" or "popup_setpos", which will display borders using the same style.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.pumborder = ""
vim.go.pumborder = vim.o.pumborder

--- Maximum number of items to show in the popup menu
--- (`ins-completion-menu`). Zero means "use available screen space".
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.pumheight = 0
vim.o.ph = vim.o.pumheight
vim.go.pumheight = vim.o.pumheight
vim.go.ph = vim.go.pumheight

--- Maximum width for the popup menu (`ins-completion-menu`).  When zero,
--- there is no maximum width limit, otherwise the popup menu will never be
--- wider than this value.  Truncated text will be indicated by "trunc"
--- value of 'fillchars' option.
---
--- This option takes precedence over 'pumwidth'.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.pummaxwidth = 0
vim.o.pmw = vim.o.pummaxwidth
vim.go.pummaxwidth = vim.o.pummaxwidth
vim.go.pmw = vim.go.pummaxwidth

--- Minimum width for the popup menu (`ins-completion-menu`).  If the
--- cursor column + 'pumwidth' exceeds screen width, the popup menu is
--- nudged to fit on the screen.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.pumwidth = 15
vim.o.pw = vim.o.pumwidth
vim.go.pumwidth = vim.o.pumwidth
vim.go.pw = vim.go.pumwidth

--- Specifies the python version used for pyx* functions and commands
--- `python_x`.  As only Python 3 is supported, this always has the value
--- `3`. Setting any other value is an error.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.pyxversion = 3
vim.o.pyx = vim.o.pyxversion
vim.go.pyxversion = vim.o.pyxversion
vim.go.pyx = vim.go.pyxversion

--- This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
--- in the quickfix and location list windows.  This can be used to
--- customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
--- for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list.  See
--- `quickfix-window-function` for an explanation of how to write the
--- function and an example.  The value can be the name of a function, a
--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`.  See `option-value-function` for more
--- information.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'qftf' `textlock`.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.quickfixtextfunc = ""
vim.o.qftf = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
vim.go.quickfixtextfunc = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
vim.go.qftf = vim.go.quickfixtextfunc

--- The characters that are used to escape quotes in a string.  Used for
--- objects like a', a" and a` `a'`.
--- When one of the characters in this option is found inside a string,
--- the following character will be skipped.  The default value makes the
--- text "foo\"bar\\" considered to be one string.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.quoteescape = "\\"
vim.o.qe = vim.o.quoteescape
vim.bo.quoteescape = vim.o.quoteescape
vim.bo.qe = vim.bo.quoteescape

--- If on, writes fail unless you use a '!'.  Protects you from
--- accidentally overwriting a file.  Default on when Vim is started
--- in read-only mode ("vim -R") or when the executable is called "view".
--- When using ":w!" the 'readonly' option is reset for the current
--- buffer, unless the 'Z' flag is in 'cpoptions'.
--- When using the ":view" command the 'readonly' option is set for the
--- newly edited buffer.
--- See 'modifiable' for disallowing changes to the buffer.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.readonly = false
vim.o.ro = vim.o.readonly
vim.bo.readonly = vim.o.readonly
vim.bo.ro = vim.bo.readonly

--- Flags to change the way redrawing works, for debugging purposes.
--- Most useful with 'writedelay' set to some reasonable value.
--- Supports the following flags:
---     compositor	Indicate each redraw event handled by the compositor
--- 		by briefly flashing the redrawn regions in colors
--- 		indicating the redraw type. These are the highlight
--- 		groups used (and their default colors):
--- 	RedrawDebugNormal   gui=reverse   normal redraw passed through
--- 	RedrawDebugClear    guibg=Yellow  clear event passed through
--- 	RedrawDebugComposed guibg=Green   redraw event modified by the
--- 					  compositor (due to
--- 					  overlapping grids, etc)
--- 	RedrawDebugRecompose guibg=Red    redraw generated by the
--- 					  compositor itself, due to a
--- 					  grid being moved or deleted.
---     line	introduce a delay after each line drawn on the screen.
--- 		When using the TUI or another single-grid UI, "compositor"
--- 		gives more information and should be preferred (every
--- 		line is processed as a separate event by the compositor)
---     flush	introduce a delay after each "flush" event.
---     nothrottle	Turn off throttling of the message grid. This is an
--- 		optimization that joins many small scrolls to one
--- 		larger scroll when drawing the message area (with
--- 		'display' msgsep flag active).
---     invalid	Enable stricter checking (abort) of inconsistencies
--- 		of the internal screen state. This is mostly
--- 		useful when running nvim inside a debugger (and
--- 		the test suite).
---     nodelta	Send all internally redrawn cells to the UI, even if
--- 		they are unchanged from the already displayed state.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.redrawdebug = ""
vim.o.rdb = vim.o.redrawdebug
vim.go.redrawdebug = vim.o.redrawdebug
vim.go.rdb = vim.go.redrawdebug

--- Time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  Applies to
--- 'hlsearch', 'inccommand', `:match` highlighting, syntax highlighting,
--- and async `LanguageTree:parse()`.
--- When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
--- matches will be highlighted.
--- For syntax highlighting the time applies per window.  When over the
--- limit syntax highlighting is disabled until `CTRL-L` is used.
--- This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
--- pattern.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.redrawtime = 2000
vim.o.rdt = vim.o.redrawtime
vim.go.redrawtime = vim.o.redrawtime
vim.go.rdt = vim.go.redrawtime

--- This selects the default regexp engine. `two-engines`
--- The possible values are:
--- 	0	automatic selection
--- 	1	old engine
--- 	2	NFA engine
--- Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
--- that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
--- for debugging the regexp engine.
--- Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
--- default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
--- many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
--- a complex pattern with long text.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.regexpengine = 0
vim.o.re = vim.o.regexpengine
vim.go.regexpengine = vim.o.regexpengine
vim.go.re = vim.go.regexpengine

--- Show the line number relative to the line with the cursor in front of
--- each line.  Relative line numbers help you use the `count` you can
--- precede some vertical motion commands (e.g. j k + -) with, without
--- having to calculate it yourself.  Especially useful in combination
--- with other commands (e.g. y d c < > gq gw =).
--- When the 'n' option is excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped line will
--- not use the column of line numbers.
--- The 'numberwidth' option can be used to set the room used for the line
--- number.
--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
--- characters are put before the number.
--- See `hl-LineNr`  and `hl-CursorLineNr` for the highlighting used for
--- the number.
---
--- The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
--- 'number', see `number_relativenumber` for all combinations of the two
--- options.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.relativenumber = false
vim.o.rnu = vim.o.relativenumber
vim.wo.relativenumber = vim.o.relativenumber
vim.wo.rnu = vim.wo.relativenumber

--- Threshold for reporting number of lines changed.  When the number of
--- changed lines is more than 'report' a message will be given for most
--- ":" commands.  If you want it always, set 'report' to 0.
--- For the ":substitute" command the number of substitutions is used
--- instead of the number of lines.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.report = 2
vim.go.report = vim.o.report

--- Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards.  See "typing
--- backwards" `ins-reverse`.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
--- command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.revins = false
vim.o.ri = vim.o.revins
vim.go.revins = vim.o.revins
vim.go.ri = vim.go.revins

--- When on, display orientation becomes right-to-left, i.e., characters
--- that are stored in the file appear from the right to the left.
--- Using this option, it is possible to edit files for languages that
--- are written from the right to the left such as Hebrew and Arabic.
--- This option is per window, so it is possible to edit mixed files
--- simultaneously, or to view the same file in both ways (this is
--- useful whenever you have a mixed text file with both right-to-left
--- and left-to-right strings so that both sets are displayed properly
--- in different windows).  Also see `rileft.txt`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.rightleft = false
vim.o.rl = vim.o.rightleft
vim.wo.rightleft = vim.o.rightleft
vim.wo.rl = vim.wo.rightleft

--- Each word in this option enables the command line editing to work in
--- right-to-left mode for a group of commands:
---
--- 	search		"/" and "?" commands
---
--- This is useful for languages such as Hebrew, Arabic and Farsi.
--- The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.rightleftcmd = "search"
vim.o.rlc = vim.o.rightleftcmd
vim.wo.rightleftcmd = vim.o.rightleftcmd
vim.wo.rlc = vim.wo.rightleftcmd

--- Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
--- comma.  When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
--- text in the file is shown on the far right:
--- 	Top	first line is visible
--- 	Bot	last line is visible
--- 	All	first and last line are visible
--- 	45%	relative position in the file
--- If 'rulerformat' is set, it will determine the contents of the ruler.
--- Each window has its own ruler.  If a window has a status line, the
--- ruler is shown there.  If a window doesn't have a status line and
--- 'cmdheight' is zero, the ruler is not shown.  Otherwise it is shown in
--- the last line of the screen.  If the statusline is given by
--- 'statusline' (i.e. not empty), this option takes precedence over
--- 'ruler' and 'rulerformat'.
--- If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
--- bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multibyte character), both
--- the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
--- separated with a dash.
--- For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
--- For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
--- If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
--- you are, use "g CTRL-G" `g_CTRL-G`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.ruler = true
vim.o.ru = vim.o.ruler
vim.go.ruler = vim.o.ruler
vim.go.ru = vim.go.ruler

--- When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
--- string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- The default ruler width is 17 characters.  To make the ruler 15
--- characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set rulerformat=%15(%c%V\ %p%%%)
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.rulerformat = ""
vim.o.ruf = vim.o.rulerformat
vim.go.rulerformat = vim.o.rulerformat
vim.go.ruf = vim.go.rulerformat

--- List of directories to be searched for these runtime files:
---   filetype.lua	filetypes `new-filetype`
---   autoload/	automatically loaded scripts `autoload-functions`
---   colors/	color scheme files `:colorscheme`
---   compiler/	compiler files `:compiler`
---   doc/		documentation `write-local-help`
---   ftplugin/	filetype plugins `write-filetype-plugin`
---   indent/	indent scripts `indent-expression`
---   keymap/	key mapping files `mbyte-keymap`
---   lang/		menu translations `:menutrans`
---   lsp/		LSP client configurations `lsp-config`
---   lua/		`Lua` plugins
---   menu.vim	GUI menus `menu.vim`
---   pack/		packages `:packadd`
---   parser/	`treesitter` syntax parsers
---   plugin/	plugin scripts `write-plugin`
---   queries/	`treesitter` queries
---   rplugin/	`remote-plugin` scripts
---   spell/	spell checking files `spell`
---   syntax/	syntax files `mysyntaxfile`
---   tutor/	tutorial files `:Tutor`
---
--- And any other file searched for with the `:runtime` command.
---
--- Defaults are setup to search these locations:
--- 1. Your home directory, for personal preferences.
---    Given by `stdpath("config")`.  `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME`
--- 2. Directories which must contain configuration files according to
---    `xdg` ($XDG_CONFIG_DIRS, defaults to /etc/xdg).  This also contains
---    preferences from system administrator.
--- 3. Data home directory, for plugins installed by user.
---    Given by `stdpath("data")/site`.  `$XDG_DATA_HOME`
--- 4. nvim/site subdirectories for each directory in $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
---    This is for plugins which were installed by system administrator,
---    but are not part of the Nvim distribution. XDG_DATA_DIRS defaults
---    to /usr/local/share/:/usr/share/, so system administrators are
---    expected to install site plugins to /usr/share/nvim/site.
--- 5. $VIMRUNTIME, for files distributed with Nvim.
--- 						*after-directory*
--- 6, 7, 8, 9. In after/ subdirectories of 1, 2, 3 and 4, with reverse
---    ordering.  This is for preferences to overrule or add to the
---    distributed defaults or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
---
--- 						*packages-runtimepath*
--- "start" packages will also be searched (`runtime-search-path`) for
--- runtime files after these, though such packages are not explicitly
--- reported in &runtimepath. But "opt" packages are explicitly added to
--- &runtimepath by `:packadd`.
---
--- Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed.  Normal
--- wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
--- runtime files.  For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
--- wildcards.
--- See `:runtime`.
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set runtimepath=~/vimruntime,/mygroup/vim,$VIMRUNTIME
--- ```
--- This will use the directory "~/vimruntime" first (containing your
--- personal Nvim runtime files), then "/mygroup/vim", and finally
--- "$VIMRUNTIME" (the default runtime files).
--- You can put a directory before $VIMRUNTIME to find files which replace
--- distributed runtime files.  You can put a directory after $VIMRUNTIME
--- to find files which add to distributed runtime files.
---
--- With `--clean` the home directory entries are not included.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.runtimepath = "..."
vim.o.rtp = vim.o.runtimepath
vim.go.runtimepath = vim.o.runtimepath
vim.go.rtp = vim.go.runtimepath

--- Number of lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D commands.  Will be
--- set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
--- changes.  This may happen when enabling the `status-line` or
--- 'tabline' option after setting the 'scroll' option.
--- If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
--- be used as the new value for 'scroll'.  Reset to half the window
--- height with ":set scroll=0".
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.scroll = 0
vim.o.scr = vim.o.scroll
vim.wo.scroll = vim.o.scroll
vim.wo.scr = vim.wo.scroll

--- Maximum number of lines kept beyond the visible screen. Lines at the
--- top are deleted if new lines exceed this limit.
--- Minimum is 1, maximum is 1000000.
--- Only in `terminal` buffers.
---
--- Note: Lines that are not visible and kept in scrollback are not
--- reflown when the terminal buffer is resized horizontally.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.scrollback = -1
vim.o.scbk = vim.o.scrollback
vim.bo.scrollback = vim.o.scrollback
vim.bo.scbk = vim.bo.scrollback

--- See also `scroll-binding`.  When this option is set, scrolling the
--- current window also scrolls other scrollbind windows (windows that
--- also have this option set).  This option is useful for viewing the
--- differences between two versions of a file, see 'diff'.
--- See 'scrollopt' for options that determine how this option should be
--- interpreted.
--- This option is mostly reset when splitting a window to edit another
--- file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
--- with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.scrollbind = false
vim.o.scb = vim.o.scrollbind
vim.wo.scrollbind = vim.o.scrollbind
vim.wo.scb = vim.wo.scrollbind

--- Minimal number of lines to scroll when the cursor gets off the
--- screen (e.g., with "j").  Not used for scroll commands (e.g., CTRL-E,
--- CTRL-D).  Useful if your terminal scrolls very slowly.
--- When set to a negative number from -1 to -100 this is used as the
--- percentage of the window height.  Thus -50 scrolls half the window
--- height.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.scrolljump = 1
vim.o.sj = vim.o.scrolljump
vim.go.scrolljump = vim.o.scrolljump
vim.go.sj = vim.go.scrolljump

--- Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
--- This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
--- you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
--- in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
--- when long lines wrap).
--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
--- these two:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal scrolloff<
--- 	setlocal scrolloff=-1
--- ```
--- For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.scrolloff = 0
vim.o.so = vim.o.scrolloff
vim.wo.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
vim.wo.so = vim.wo.scrolloff
vim.go.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
vim.go.so = vim.go.scrolloff

--- This is a comma-separated list of words that specifies how
--- 'scrollbind' windows should behave.  'sbo' stands for ScrollBind
--- Options.
--- The following words are available:
---     ver		Bind vertical scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
---     hor		Bind horizontal scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
---     jump	Applies to the offset between two windows for vertical
--- 		scrolling.  This offset is the difference in the first
--- 		displayed line of the bound windows.  When moving
--- 		around in a window, another 'scrollbind' window may
--- 		reach a position before the start or after the end of
--- 		the buffer.  The offset is not changed though, when
--- 		moving back the 'scrollbind' window will try to scroll
--- 		to the desired position when possible.
--- 		When now making that window the current one, two
--- 		things can be done with the relative offset:
--- 		1. When "jump" is not included, the relative offset is
--- 		   adjusted for the scroll position in the new current
--- 		   window.  When going back to the other window, the
--- 		   new relative offset will be used.
--- 		2. When "jump" is included, the other windows are
--- 		   scrolled to keep the same relative offset.  When
--- 		   going back to the other window, it still uses the
--- 		   same relative offset.
--- Also see `scroll-binding`.
--- When 'diff' mode is active there always is vertical scroll binding,
--- even when "ver" isn't there.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.scrollopt = "ver,jump"
vim.o.sbo = vim.o.scrollopt
vim.go.scrollopt = vim.o.scrollopt
vim.go.sbo = vim.go.scrollopt

--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate sections.  These are pairs of
--- two letters (See `object-motions`).  The default makes a section start
--- at the nroff macros ".SH", ".NH", ".H", ".HU", ".nh" and ".sh".
---
--- @type string
vim.o.sections = "SHNHH HUnhsh"
vim.o.sect = vim.o.sections
vim.go.sections = vim.o.sections
vim.go.sect = vim.go.sections

--- This option defines the behavior of the selection.  It is only used
--- in Visual and Select mode.
--- Possible values:
---    value	past line     inclusive ~
---    old		   no		yes
---    inclusive	   yes		yes
---    exclusive	   yes		no
--- "past line" means that the cursor is allowed to be positioned one
--- character past the line.
--- "inclusive" means that the last character of the selection is included
--- in an operation.  For example, when "x" is used to delete the
--- selection.
--- When "old" is used and 'virtualedit' allows the cursor to move past
--- the end of line the line break still isn't included.
--- When "exclusive" is used, cursor position in visual mode will be
--- adjusted for inclusive motions `inclusive-motion-selection-exclusive`.
---
--- Note:
--- - When "exclusive" is used and selecting from the end backwards, you
---   cannot include the last character of a line, when starting in Normal
---   mode and 'virtualedit' empty.
--- - when "exclusive" is used with a single character visual selection,
---   Vim will behave as if the 'selection' is inclusive (in other words,
---   you cannot visually select an empty region).
---
--- @type 'inclusive'|'exclusive'|'old'
vim.o.selection = "inclusive"
vim.o.sel = vim.o.selection
vim.go.selection = vim.o.selection
vim.go.sel = vim.go.selection

--- This is a comma-separated list of words, which specifies when to start
--- Select mode instead of Visual mode, when a selection is started.
--- Possible values:
---    mouse	when using the mouse
---    key		when using shifted special keys
---    cmd		when using "v", "V" or CTRL-V
--- See `Select-mode`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.selectmode = ""
vim.o.slm = vim.o.selectmode
vim.go.selectmode = vim.o.selectmode
vim.go.slm = vim.go.selectmode

--- Changes the effect of the `:mksession` command.  It is a comma-
--- separated list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring
--- something:
---    word		save and restore ~
---    blank	empty windows
---    buffers	hidden and unloaded buffers, not just those in windows
---    curdir	the current directory
---    folds	manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
--- 		fold options
---    globals	global variables that start with an uppercase letter
--- 		and contain at least one lowercase letter.  Only
--- 		String and Number types are stored.
---    help		the help window
---    localoptions	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
--- 		global values for local options)
---    options	all options and mappings (also global values for local
--- 		options)
---    skiprtp	exclude 'runtimepath' and 'packpath' from the options
---    resize	size of the Vim window: 'lines' and 'columns'
---    sesdir	the directory in which the session file is located
--- 		will become the current directory (useful with
--- 		projects accessed over a network from different
--- 		systems)
---    tabpages	all tab pages; without this only the current tab page
--- 		is restored, so that you can make a session for each
--- 		tab page separately
---    terminal	include terminal windows where the command can be
--- 		restored
---    winpos	position of the whole Vim window
---    winsize	window sizes
---    slash	`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
---    unix		`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
---
--- Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir". When neither is included
--- filenames are stored as absolute paths.
--- If you leave out "options" many things won't work well after restoring
--- the session.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.sessionoptions = "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,tabpages,winsize,terminal"
vim.o.ssop = vim.o.sessionoptions
vim.go.sessionoptions = vim.o.sessionoptions
vim.go.ssop = vim.go.sessionoptions

--- When non-empty, the shada file is read upon startup and written
--- when exiting Vim (see `shada-file`).  The string should be a comma-
--- separated list of parameters, each consisting of a single character
--- identifying the particular parameter, followed by a number or string
--- which specifies the value of that parameter.  If a particular
--- character is left out, then the default value is used for that
--- parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
--- the effect of their value.
--- CHAR	VALUE	~
--- 						*shada-!*
--- !	When included, save and restore global variables that start
--- 	with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
--- 	letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
--- 	and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
--- 	read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
--- 						*shada-quote*
--- "	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
--- 	the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
--- 	backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
--- 	start of a comment!
--- 						*shada-%*
--- %	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
--- 	started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
--- 	restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
--- 	buffer list is restored from the shada file.  Quickfix
--- 	('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and buffers on
--- 	removable media (`shada-r`) are not saved.
--- 	When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
--- 	number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
--- 	buffers are stored.
--- 						*shada-'*
--- '	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
--- 	are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
--- 	'shada' is non-empty.
--- 	If non-zero, then the `jumplist` and the `changelist` are also
--- 	stored in the shada file.
--- 						*shada-/*
--- /	Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
--- 	saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
--- 	patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
--- 	'history' is used.
--- 						*shada-:*
--- :	Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
--- 	saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
--- 						*shada-<*
--- \<	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  If zero then
--- 	registers are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
--- 	saved.  '"' is the old name for this item.
--- 	Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in KiB.
--- 						*shada-@*
--- @	Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
--- 	saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
--- 						*shada-c*
--- c	Dummy option, kept for compatibility reasons.  Has no actual
--- 	effect: ShaDa always uses UTF-8 and 'encoding' value is fixed
--- 	to UTF-8 as well.
--- 						*shada-f*
--- f	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
--- 	to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
--- 	non-zero, they are all stored.  '0 is used for the current
--- 	cursor position (when exiting or when doing `:wshada`).
--- 						*shada-h*
--- h	Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the shada
--- 	file.  When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
--- 	has been used since the last search command.
--- 						*shada-n*
--- n	Name of the shada file.  The name must immediately follow
--- 	the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the
--- 	'shadafile' option is set, that file name overrides the one
--- 	given here with 'shada'.  Environment variables are
--- 	expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
--- 						*shada-r*
--- r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
--- 	',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
--- 	specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
--- 	stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For Windows you
--- 	could use "ra:,rb:".  You can also use it for temp files,
--- 	e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is ignored.
--- 						*shada-s*
--- s	Maximum size of an item contents in KiB.  If zero then nothing
--- 	is saved.  Unlike Vim this applies to all items, except for
--- 	the buffer list and header.  Full item size is off by three
--- 	unsigned integers: with `s10` maximum item size may be 1 byte
--- 	(type: 7-bit integer) + 9 bytes (timestamp: up to 64-bit
--- 	integer) + 3 bytes (item size: up to 16-bit integer because
--- 	2^8 < 10240 < 2^16) + 10240 bytes (requested maximum item
--- 	contents size) = 10253 bytes.
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
---     set shada='50,<1000,s100,:0,n~/nvim/shada
--- ```
---
--- '50		Marks will be remembered for the last 50 files you
--- 		edited.
--- <1000		Contents of registers (up to 1000 lines each) will be
--- 		remembered.
--- s100		Items with contents occupying more then 100 KiB are
--- 		skipped.
--- :0		Command-line history will not be saved.
--- n~/nvim/shada	The name of the file to use is "~/nvim/shada".
--- no /		Since '/' is not specified, the default will be used,
--- 		that is, save all of the search history, and also the
--- 		previous search and substitute patterns.
--- no %		The buffer list will not be saved nor read back.
--- no h		'hlsearch' highlighting will be restored.
---
--- When setting 'shada' from an empty value you can use `:rshada` to
--- load the contents of the file, this is not done automatically.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shada = "!,'100,<50,s10,h,r/tmp/,r/private/"
vim.o.sd = vim.o.shada
vim.go.shada = vim.o.shada
vim.go.sd = vim.go.shada

--- When non-empty, overrides the file name used for `shada` (viminfo).
--- When equal to "NONE" no shada file will be read or written.
--- This option can be set with the `-i` command line flag.  The `--clean`
--- command line flag sets it to "NONE".
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shadafile = ""
vim.o.sdf = vim.o.shadafile
vim.go.shadafile = vim.o.shadafile
vim.go.sdf = vim.go.shadafile

--- Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
--- value also check these options: 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
--- 'shellredir', 'shellquote', 'shellxquote' and 'shellcmdflag'.
--- It is allowed to give an argument to the command, e.g.  "csh -f".
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
---
--- If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
--- quotes.  Example with quotes:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
--- ```
--- Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
--- each space (to avoid ending the option value), so better use `:let-&`
--- like this:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &shell='"C:\Program Files\unix\sh.exe" -f'
--- ```
--- Also note that the "-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not
--- part of the command name.
--- 						*shell-unquoting*
--- Rules regarding quotes:
--- 1. Option is split on space and tab characters that are not inside
---    quotes: "abc def" runs shell named "abc" with additional argument
---    "def", '"abc def"' runs shell named "abc def" with no additional
---    arguments (here and below: additional means “additional to
---    'shellcmdflag'”).
--- 2. Quotes in option may be present in any position and any number:
---    '"abc"', '"a"bc', 'a"b"c', 'ab"c"' and '"a"b"c"' are all equivalent
---    to just "abc".
--- 3. Inside quotes backslash preceding backslash means one backslash.
---    Backslash preceding quote means one quote. Backslash preceding
---    anything else means backslash and next character literally:
---    '"a\\b"' is the same as "a\b", '"a\\"b"' runs shell named literally
---    'a"b', '"a\b"' is the same as "a\b" again.
--- 4. Outside of quotes backslash always means itself, it cannot be used
---    to escape quote: 'a\"b"' is the same as "a\b".
--- Note that such processing is done after `:set` did its own round of
--- unescaping, so to keep yourself sane use `:let-&` like shown above.
--- 						*shell-powershell*
--- To use PowerShell:
---
--- ```vim
---    set noshelltemp
---    let &shell = 'powershell'
---    let &shellcmdflag = '-NoLogo -NoProfile -ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned -Command '
---    let &shellcmdflag .= '[Console]::InputEncoding=[Console]::OutputEncoding=[System.Text.UTF8Encoding]::new();'
---    let &shellcmdflag .= '$PSDefaultParameterValues[''Out-File:Encoding'']=''utf8'';'
---    let &shellpipe  = '> %s 2>&1'
---    set shellquote= shellxquote=
--- ```
---
--- 						*shell-pwsh*
--- To use pwsh, use the above settings with `let &shell = 'pwsh'`, and
--- add:
---
--- ```vim
---    let &shellcmdflag .= '$PSStyle.OutputRendering = ''PlainText'';'
---    " Workaround (may not be needed in future version of pwsh):
---    let $__SuppressAnsiEscapeSequences = 1
--- ```
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shell = "sh"
vim.o.sh = vim.o.shell
vim.go.shell = vim.o.shell
vim.go.sh = vim.go.shell

--- Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
--- `bash.exe -c ls` or `cmd.exe /s /c "dir"`.  For MS-Windows, the
--- default is set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
--- to set this option by the user.
--- On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
--- part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
--- See `shell-unquoting` which talks about separating this option into
--- multiple arguments.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellcmdflag = "-c"
vim.o.shcf = vim.o.shellcmdflag
vim.go.shellcmdflag = vim.o.shellcmdflag
vim.go.shcf = vim.go.shellcmdflag

--- String to be used to put the output of the ":make" command in the
--- error file.  See also `:make_makeprg`.  See `option-backslash` about
--- including spaces and backslashes.
--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
--- of this option).
--- For MS-Windows the default is "2>&1| tee".  The stdout and stderr are
--- saved in a file and echoed to the screen.
--- For Unix the default is "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
--- in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
--- "tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
--- "bash", "fish", "ash" or "dash" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This
--- means that stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a
--- path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
--- there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
--- explicitly set before.
--- When 'shellpipe' is set to an empty string, no redirection of the
--- ":make" output will be done.  This is useful if you use a 'makeprg'
--- that writes to 'makeef' by itself.  If you want no piping, but do
--- want to include the 'makeef', set 'shellpipe' to a single space.
--- Don't forget to precede the space with a backslash: ":set sp=\ ".
--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
--- Note: When using a pipe like "| tee", you'll lose the exit code of the
--- shell command.  This might be configurable by your shell, look for
--- the pipefail option (for bash and zsh, use ":set -o pipefail").
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellpipe = "| tee"
vim.o.sp = vim.o.shellpipe
vim.go.shellpipe = vim.o.shellpipe
vim.go.sp = vim.go.shellpipe

--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
--- the "!" and ":!" commands.  The redirection is kept outside of the
--- quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
--- probably not useful to set both options.
--- This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
--- third-party shells on Windows systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
--- or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
--- the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
--- user.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellquote = ""
vim.o.shq = vim.o.shellquote
vim.go.shellquote = vim.o.shellquote
vim.go.shq = vim.go.shellquote

--- String to be used to put the output of a filter command in a temporary
--- file.  See also `:!`.  See `option-backslash` about including spaces
--- and backslashes.
--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
--- of this option).
--- The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
--- "tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
--- "bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
--- stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
--- additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
--- Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
--- there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
--- explicitly set before.
--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellredir = ">"
vim.o.srr = vim.o.shellredir
vim.go.shellredir = vim.o.shellredir
vim.go.srr = vim.go.shellredir

--- 		only modifiable in MS-Windows
--- When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
--- useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
--- slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
--- Vim.
--- Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
--- existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
--- any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
--- 'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
--- separator.  To test if this is so use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	if exists('+shellslash')
--- ```
--- Also see 'completeslash'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.shellslash = true
vim.o.ssl = vim.o.shellslash
vim.go.shellslash = vim.o.shellslash
vim.go.ssl = vim.go.shellslash

--- When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
--- When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
--- The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
--- and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
--- The advantage of using a temp file is that the file type and encoding
--- can be detected.
--- The `FilterReadPre`, `FilterReadPost` and `FilterWritePre`,
--- `FilterWritePost` autocommands event are not triggered when
--- 'shelltemp' is off.
--- `system()` does not respect this option, it always uses pipes.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.shelltemp = false
vim.o.stmp = vim.o.shelltemp
vim.go.shelltemp = vim.o.shelltemp
vim.go.stmp = vim.go.shelltemp

--- When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
--- option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
--- to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellxescape = ""
vim.o.sxe = vim.o.shellxescape
vim.go.shellxescape = vim.o.shellxescape
vim.go.sxe = vim.go.shellxescape

--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
--- the "!" and ":!" commands.  Includes the redirection.  See
--- 'shellquote' to exclude the redirection.  It's probably not useful
--- to set both options.
--- When the value is '(' then ')' is appended.  When the value is '"('
--- then ')"' is appended.
--- When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shellxquote = ""
vim.o.sxq = vim.o.shellxquote
vim.go.shellxquote = vim.o.shellxquote
vim.go.sxq = vim.go.shellxquote

--- Round indent to multiple of 'shiftwidth'.  Applies to > and <
--- commands.  CTRL-T and CTRL-D in Insert mode always round the indent to
--- a multiple of 'shiftwidth' (this is Vi compatible).
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.shiftround = false
vim.o.sr = vim.o.shiftround
vim.go.shiftround = vim.o.shiftround
vim.go.sr = vim.go.shiftround

--- Number of columns that make up one level of (auto)indentation.  Used
--- by 'cindent', `<<`, `>>`, etc.
--- If set to 0, Vim uses the current 'tabstop' value.  Use `shiftwidth()`
--- to obtain the effective value in scripts.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.shiftwidth = 8
vim.o.sw = vim.o.shiftwidth
vim.bo.shiftwidth = vim.o.shiftwidth
vim.bo.sw = vim.bo.shiftwidth

--- This option helps to avoid all the `hit-enter` prompts caused by file
--- messages, for example with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
--- It is a list of flags:
---  flag	meaning when present	~
---   l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"	*shm-l*
---   m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"			*shm-m*
---   r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"			*shm-r*
---   w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message	*shm-w*
--- 	and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
---   a	all of the above abbreviations				*shm-a*
---
---   o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent	*shm-o*
--- 	message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
--- 	'autowrite' on)
---   O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous	*shm-O*
--- 	message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
---   s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
--- 	"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
--- 	the search count do not show "W" before the count message
--- 	(see `shm-S` below)
---   t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
--- 	to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
--- 	column; ignored in Ex mode
---   T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too	*shm-T*
--- 	long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
--- 	middle; ignored in Ex mode
---   W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file	*shm-W*
---   A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing	*shm-A*
--- 	swap file is found
---   I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim,		*shm-I*
--- 	see `:intro`
---   c	don't give `ins-completion-menu` messages; for		*shm-c*
--- 	example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
--- 	match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
---   C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion	*shm-C*
--- 	items, for instance "scanning tags"
---   q	do not show "recording @a" when recording a macro	*shm-q*
---   F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like	*shm-F*
--- 	`:silent` was used for the command; note that this also
--- 	affects messages from 'autoread' reloading
---   S	do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
--- 	"[1/5]".  When the "S" flag is not present (e.g. search count
--- 	is shown), the "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" and
--- 	"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages are only
--- 	indicated by a "W" (Mnemonic: Wrapped) letter before the
--- 	search count statistics.  The maximum limit can be set with
--- 	the 'maxsearchcount' option, see also `searchcount()`
--- 	function.
---
--- This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
--- requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
--- possible for the space available.  To get the whole message that you
--- would have got with 'shm' empty, use ":file!"
--- Useful values:
---     shm=	No abbreviation of message.
---     shm=a	Abbreviation, but no loss of information.
---     shm=at	Abbreviation, and truncate message when necessary.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.shortmess = "ltToOCF"
vim.o.shm = vim.o.shortmess
vim.go.shortmess = vim.o.shortmess
vim.go.shm = vim.go.shortmess

--- String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
--- values are "> " or "+++ ":
---
--- ```vim
--- 	let &showbreak = "> "
--- 	let &showbreak = '+++ '
--- ```
--- Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <Tab> and
--- comma (in a future version the comma might be used to separate the
--- part that is shown at the end and at the start of a line).
--- The `hl-NonText` highlight group determines the highlighting.
--- Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
--- If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
--- "n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
--- A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
--- set and you want no value in the current window use NONE:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal showbreak=NONE
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.showbreak = ""
vim.o.sbr = vim.o.showbreak
vim.wo.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
vim.wo.sbr = vim.wo.showbreak
vim.go.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
vim.go.sbr = vim.go.showbreak

--- Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
--- option off if your terminal is slow.
--- In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
--- - When selecting characters within a line, the number of characters.
---   If the number of bytes is different it is also displayed: "2-6"
---   means two characters and six bytes.
--- - When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
--- - When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
---   {lines}x{columns}.
--- This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
--- 'showcmdloc' option, useful when 'cmdheight' is 0.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.showcmd = true
vim.o.sc = vim.o.showcmd
vim.go.showcmd = vim.o.showcmd
vim.go.sc = vim.go.showcmd

--- This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
--- another location.  Possible values are:
---   last		Last line of the screen (default).
---   statusline	Status line of the current window.
---   tabline	First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
--- Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
--- be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
--- pressed.
--- The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
--- place the text.  Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
--- displayed in a convenient location.
---
--- @type 'last'|'statusline'|'tabline'
vim.o.showcmdloc = "last"
vim.o.sloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
vim.go.showcmdloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
vim.go.sloc = vim.go.showcmdloc

--- When completing a word in insert mode (see `ins-completion`) from the
--- tags file, show both the tag name and a tidied-up form of the search
--- pattern (if there is one) as possible matches.  Thus, if you have
--- matched a C function, you can see a template for what arguments are
--- required (coding style permitting).
--- Note that this doesn't work well together with having "longest" in
--- 'completeopt', because the completion from the search pattern may not
--- match the typed text.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.showfulltag = false
vim.o.sft = vim.o.showfulltag
vim.go.showfulltag = vim.o.showfulltag
vim.go.sft = vim.go.showfulltag

--- When a bracket is inserted, briefly jump to the matching one.  The
--- jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
--- show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
--- A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
--- seen or not).
--- When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
--- will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
--- See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
--- blinking when showing the match.
--- The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
--- matches for.  'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
--- matches.
--- Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
--- around `pi_paren.txt`.
--- Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.showmatch = false
vim.o.sm = vim.o.showmatch
vim.go.showmatch = vim.o.showmatch
vim.go.sm = vim.go.showmatch

--- If in Insert, Replace or Visual mode put a message on the last line.
--- The `hl-ModeMsg` highlight group determines the highlighting.
--- The option has no effect when 'cmdheight' is zero.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.showmode = true
vim.o.smd = vim.o.showmode
vim.go.showmode = vim.o.showmode
vim.go.smd = vim.go.showmode

--- The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
--- will be displayed:
--- 	0: never
--- 	1: only if there are at least two tab pages
--- 	2: always
--- This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
--- line.
--- See `tab-page` for more information about tab pages.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.showtabline = 1
vim.o.stal = vim.o.showtabline
vim.go.showtabline = vim.o.showtabline
vim.go.stal = vim.go.showtabline

--- The minimal number of columns to scroll horizontally.  Used only when
--- the 'wrap' option is off and the cursor is moved off of the screen.
--- When it is zero the cursor will be put in the middle of the screen.
--- When using a slow terminal set it to a large number or 0.  Not used
--- for "zh" and "zl" commands.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.sidescroll = 1
vim.o.ss = vim.o.sidescroll
vim.go.sidescroll = vim.o.sidescroll
vim.go.ss = vim.go.sidescroll

--- The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
--- right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set.  Setting this option to a
--- value greater than 0 while having 'sidescroll' also at a non-zero
--- value makes some context visible in the line you are scrolling in
--- horizontally (except at beginning of the line).  Setting this option
--- to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
--- horizontally centered in the window, as long as one does not come too
--- close to the beginning of the line.
--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
--- these two:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal sidescrolloff<
--- 	setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
--- ```
---
--- Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as in the
--- 	 following example to never allow the cursor to move onto the
--- 	 "extends" character:
---
--- ```vim
---
--- 	 set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:>,precedes:<
--- 	 set sidescrolloff=1
--- ```
---
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.sidescrolloff = 0
vim.o.siso = vim.o.sidescrolloff
vim.wo.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
vim.wo.siso = vim.wo.sidescrolloff
vim.go.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
vim.go.siso = vim.go.sidescrolloff

--- When and how to draw the signcolumn.  Valid values are:
---    "auto"	only when there is a sign to display
---    "auto:[1-9]" resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
--- 		given number (maximum 9), e.g. "auto:4"
---    "auto:[1-8]-[2-9]"
--- 		resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
--- 		given maximum number (maximum 9) while keeping
--- 		at least the given minimum (maximum 8) fixed
--- 		space. The minimum number should always be less
--- 		than the maximum number, e.g. "auto:2-5"
---    "no"		never
---    "yes"	always
---    "yes:[1-9]"  always, with fixed space for signs up to the given
--- 		number (maximum 9), e.g. "yes:3"
---    "number"	display signs in the 'number' column.  If the number
--- 		column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
---
--- @type 'yes'|'no'|'auto'|'auto:1'|'auto:2'|'auto:3'|'auto:4'|'auto:5'|'auto:6'|'auto:7'|'auto:8'|'auto:9'|'yes:1'|'yes:2'|'yes:3'|'yes:4'|'yes:5'|'yes:6'|'yes:7'|'yes:8'|'yes:9'|'number'
vim.o.signcolumn = "auto"
vim.o.scl = vim.o.signcolumn
vim.wo.signcolumn = vim.o.signcolumn
vim.wo.scl = vim.wo.signcolumn

--- Override the 'ignorecase' option if the search pattern contains upper
--- case characters.  Only used when the search pattern is typed and
--- 'ignorecase' option is on.  Used for the commands "/", "?", "n", "N",
--- ":g" and ":s" and when filtering matches for the completion menu
--- `compl-states`.
--- Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc.  After "*" and "#" you
--- can make 'smartcase' used by doing a "/" command, recalling the search
--- pattern from history and hitting <Enter>.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.smartcase = false
vim.o.scs = vim.o.smartcase
vim.go.smartcase = vim.o.smartcase
vim.go.scs = vim.go.smartcase

--- Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line.  Works for C-like
--- programs, but can also be used for other languages.  'cindent' does
--- something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
--- see `C-indenting`.  When 'cindent' is on or 'indentexpr' is set,
--- setting 'si' has no effect.  'indentexpr' is a more advanced
--- alternative.
--- Normally 'autoindent' should also be on when using 'smartindent'.
--- An indent is automatically inserted:
--- - After a line ending in "{".
--- - After a line starting with a keyword from 'cinwords'.
--- - Before a line starting with "}" (only with the "O" command).
--- When typing '}' as the first character in a new line, that line is
--- given the same indent as the matching "{".
--- When typing '#' as the first character in a new line, the indent for
--- that line is removed, the '#' is put in the first column.  The indent
--- is restored for the next line.  If you don't want this, use this
--- mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
--- When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
--- right.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.smartindent = false
vim.o.si = vim.o.smartindent
vim.bo.smartindent = vim.o.smartindent
vim.bo.si = vim.bo.smartindent

--- When enabled, the <Tab> key will indent by 'shiftwidth' if the cursor
--- is in leading whitespace.  The <BS> key has the opposite effect.
--- In leading whitespace, this has the same effect as setting
--- 'softtabstop' to the value of 'shiftwidth'.
--- NOTE: in most cases, using 'softtabstop' is a better option.  Have a
--- look at section `30.5` of the user guide for detailed
--- explanations on how Vim works with tabs and spaces.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.smarttab = true
vim.o.sta = vim.o.smarttab
vim.go.smarttab = vim.o.smarttab
vim.go.sta = vim.go.smarttab

--- Scrolling works with screen lines.  When 'wrap' is set and the first
--- line in the window wraps part of it may not be visible, as if it is
--- above the window.  "<<<" is displayed at the start of the first line,
--- highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
--- You may also want to add "lastline" to the 'display' option to show as
--- much of the last line as possible.
--- NOTE: partly implemented, doesn't work yet for `gj` and `gk`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.smoothscroll = false
vim.o.sms = vim.o.smoothscroll
vim.wo.smoothscroll = vim.o.smoothscroll
vim.wo.sms = vim.wo.smoothscroll

--- Create soft tab stops, separated by 'softtabstop' number of columns.
--- In Insert mode, pressing the <Tab> key will move the cursor to the
--- next soft tab stop, instead of inserting a literal tab.  <BS> behaves
--- similarly in reverse.  Vim inserts a minimal mix of tab and space
--- characters to produce the visual effect.
---
--- This setting does not affect the display of existing tab characters.
---
--- A value of 0 disables this behaviour.  A negative value makes Vim use
--- 'shiftwidth'.  If you plan to use 'sts' and 'shiftwidth' with
--- different values, you might consider setting 'smarttab'.
---
--- The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' alters tab behavior when 'list' is
--- enabled.  See also `ins-expandtab` and user manual section `30.5` for
--- in-depth explanations.
---
--- The value of 'softtabstop' will be ignored if 'varsofttabstop' is set
--- to anything other than an empty string.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.softtabstop = 0
vim.o.sts = vim.o.softtabstop
vim.bo.softtabstop = vim.o.softtabstop
vim.bo.sts = vim.bo.softtabstop

--- When on spell checking will be done.  See `spell`.
--- The languages are specified with 'spelllang'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.spell = false
vim.wo.spell = vim.o.spell

--- Pattern to locate the end of a sentence.  The following word will be
--- checked to start with a capital letter.  If not then it is highlighted
--- with SpellCap `hl-SpellCap` (unless the word is also badly spelled).
--- When this check is not wanted make this option empty.
--- Only used when 'spell' is set.
--- Be careful with special characters, see `option-backslash` about
--- including spaces and backslashes.
--- To set this option automatically depending on the language, see
--- `set-spc-auto`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.spellcapcheck = "[.?!]\\_[\\])'\"\\t ]\\+"
vim.o.spc = vim.o.spellcapcheck
vim.bo.spellcapcheck = vim.o.spellcapcheck
vim.bo.spc = vim.bo.spellcapcheck

--- Name of the word list file where words are added for the `zg` and `zw`
--- commands.  It must end in ".{encoding}.add".  You need to include the
--- path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.
--- The path may include characters from 'isfname', ' ', ',', '@' and ':'.
--- 							*E765*
--- It may also be a comma-separated list of names.  A count before the
--- `zg` and `zw` commands can be used to access each.  This allows using
--- a personal word list file and a project word list file.
--- When a word is added while this option is empty Nvim will use
--- (and auto-create) `stdpath('data')/site/spell/`. For the file name the
--- first language name that appears in 'spelllang' is used, ignoring the
--- region.
--- The resulting ".spl" file will be used for spell checking, it does not
--- have to appear in 'spelllang'.
--- Normally one file is used for all regions, but you can add the region
--- name if you want to.  However, it will then only be used when
--- 'spellfile' is set to it, for entries in 'spelllang' only files
--- without region name will be found.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.spellfile = ""
vim.o.spf = vim.o.spellfile
vim.bo.spellfile = vim.o.spellfile
vim.bo.spf = vim.bo.spellfile

--- A comma-separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
--- on spellchecking will be done for these languages.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical
--- ```
--- This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized.  Words
--- that are not recognized will be highlighted.
--- The word list name must consist of alphanumeric characters, a dash or
--- an underscore.  It should not include a comma or dot.  Using a dash is
--- recommended to separate the two letter language name from a
--- specification.  Thus "en-rare" is used for rare English words.
--- A region name must come last and have the form "_xx", where "xx" is
--- the two-letter, lower case region name.  You can use more than one
--- region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
--- English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
--- Britain.  (Note: currently en_au and en_nz dictionaries are older than
--- en_ca, en_gb and en_us).
--- If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
--- spell checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
--- words.
--- Note that the "medical" dictionary does not exist, it is just an
--- example of a longer name.
--- 						*E757*
--- As a special case the name of a .spl file can be given as-is.  The
--- first "_xx" in the name is removed and used as the region name
--- (_xx is an underscore, two letters and followed by a non-letter).
--- This is mainly for testing purposes.  You must make sure the correct
--- encoding is used, Vim doesn't check it.
--- How the related spell files are found is explained here: `spell-load`.
---
--- If the `package-spellfile` plugin is active and you use a language name
--- for which Vim cannot find the .spl file in 'runtimepath' the plugin
--- will ask you if you want to download the file.
---
--- After this option has been set successfully, Vim will source the files
--- "spell/LANG.vim" in 'runtimepath'.  "LANG" is the value of 'spelllang'
--- up to the first character that is not an ASCII letter or number and
--- not a dash.  Also see `set-spc-auto`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.spelllang = "en"
vim.o.spl = vim.o.spelllang
vim.bo.spelllang = vim.o.spelllang
vim.bo.spl = vim.bo.spelllang

--- A comma-separated list of options for spell checking:
--- camel		When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
--- 		separate word: every upper-case character in a word
--- 		that comes after a lower case character indicates the
--- 		start of a new word.
--- noplainbuffer	Only spellcheck a buffer when 'syntax' is enabled,
--- 		or when extmarks are set within the buffer. Only
--- 		designated regions of the buffer are spellchecked in
--- 		this case.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.spelloptions = ""
vim.o.spo = vim.o.spelloptions
vim.bo.spelloptions = vim.o.spelloptions
vim.bo.spo = vim.bo.spelloptions

--- Methods used for spelling suggestions.  Both for the `z=` command and
--- the `spellsuggest()` function.  This is a comma-separated list of
--- items:
---
--- best		Internal method that works best for English.  Finds
--- 		changes like "fast" and uses a bit of sound-a-like
--- 		scoring to improve the ordering.
---
--- double		Internal method that uses two methods and mixes the
--- 		results.  The first method is "fast", the other method
--- 		computes how much the suggestion sounds like the bad
--- 		word.  That only works when the language specifies
--- 		sound folding.  Can be slow and doesn't always give
--- 		better results.
---
--- fast		Internal method that only checks for simple changes:
--- 		character inserts/deletes/swaps.  Works well for
--- 		simple typing mistakes.
---
--- {number}	The maximum number of suggestions listed for `z=`.
--- 		Not used for `spellsuggest()`.  The number of
--- 		suggestions is never more than the value of 'lines'
--- 		minus two.
---
--- timeout:{millisec}   Limit the time searching for suggestions to
--- 		{millisec} milliseconds.  Applies to the following
--- 		methods.  When omitted the limit is 5000.  When
--- 		negative there is no limit.
---
--- file:{filename} Read file {filename}, which must have two columns,
--- 		separated by a slash.  The first column contains the
--- 		bad word, the second column the suggested good word.
--- 		Example:
--- 			theribal/terrible ~
--- 		Use this for common mistakes that do not appear at the
--- 		top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
--- 		Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
--- 		comments.
--- 		The word in the second column must be correct,
--- 		otherwise it will not be used.  Add the word to an
--- 		".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
--- 		mistake.
--- 		The file is used for all languages.
---
--- expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
--- 		trouble with spaces.  Best is to call a function
--- 		without arguments, see `expr-option-function`.
--- 		`v:val` holds the badly spelled word.  The expression
--- 		must evaluate to a List of Lists, each with a
--- 		suggestion and a score.
--- 		Example:
--- 			[['the', 33], ['that', 44]] ~
--- 		Set 'verbose' and use `z=` to see the scores that the
--- 		internal methods use.  A lower score is better.
--- 		This may invoke `spellsuggest()` if you temporarily
--- 		set 'spellsuggest' to exclude the "expr:" part.
--- 		Errors are silently ignored, unless you set the
--- 		'verbose' option to a non-zero value.
---
--- Only one of "best", "double" or "fast" may be used.  The others may
--- appear several times in any order.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set sps=file:~/.config/nvim/sugg,best,expr:MySuggest()
--- ```
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.spellsuggest = "best"
vim.o.sps = vim.o.spellsuggest
vim.go.spellsuggest = vim.o.spellsuggest
vim.go.sps = vim.go.spellsuggest

--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
--- one. `:split`
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.splitbelow = false
vim.o.sb = vim.o.splitbelow
vim.go.splitbelow = vim.o.splitbelow
vim.go.sb = vim.go.splitbelow

--- The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
--- closing or resizing horizontal splits.
---
--- Possible values are:
---   cursor	Keep the same relative cursor position.
---   screen	Keep the text on the same screen line.
---   topline	Keep the topline the same.
---
--- For the "screen" and "topline" values, the cursor position will be
--- changed when necessary.  In this case, the jumplist will be populated
--- with the previous cursor position.  For "screen", the text cannot
--- always be kept on the same screen line when 'wrap' is enabled.
---
--- @type 'cursor'|'screen'|'topline'
vim.o.splitkeep = "cursor"
vim.o.spk = vim.o.splitkeep
vim.go.splitkeep = vim.o.splitkeep
vim.go.spk = vim.go.splitkeep

--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
--- current one. `:vsplit`
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.splitright = false
vim.o.spr = vim.o.splitright
vim.go.splitright = vim.o.splitright
vim.go.spr = vim.go.splitright

--- When "on" the commands listed below move the cursor to the first
--- non-blank of the line.  When off the cursor is kept in the same column
--- (if possible).  This applies to the commands:
--- - CTRL-D, CTRL-U, CTRL-B, CTRL-F, "G", "H", "M", "L", "gg"
--- - "d", "<<", "==" and ">>" with a linewise operator
---   (`operator-resulting-pos`)
--- - "%" with a count
--- - buffer changing commands (CTRL-^, :bnext, :bNext, etc.)
--- - Ex commands that only have a line number, e.g., ":25" or ":+".
--- In case of buffer changing commands the cursor is placed at the column
--- where it was the last time the buffer was edited.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.startofline = false
vim.o.sol = vim.o.startofline
vim.go.startofline = vim.o.startofline
vim.go.sol = vim.go.startofline

--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the area to the
--- side of a window, normally containing the fold, sign and number columns.
--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
---
--- Some of the items from the 'statusline' format are different for
--- 'statuscolumn':
---
--- %l	line number column for currently drawn line
--- %s	sign column for currently drawn line
--- %C	fold column for currently drawn line
---
--- The 'statuscolumn' width follows that of the default columns and
--- adapts to the 'numberwidth', 'signcolumn' and 'foldcolumn' option values
--- (regardless of whether the sign and fold items are present).
--- Additionally, the 'statuscolumn' grows with the size of the evaluated
--- format string, up to a point (following the maximum size of the default
--- fold, sign and number columns). Shrinking only happens when the number
--- of lines in a buffer changes, or the 'statuscolumn' option is set.
---
--- The `v:lnum`    variable holds the line number to be drawn.
--- The `v:relnum`  variable holds the relative line number to be drawn.
--- The `v:virtnum` variable is negative when drawing virtual lines, zero
--- 	      when drawing the actual buffer line, and positive when
--- 	      drawing the wrapped part of a buffer line.
---
--- When using `v:relnum`, keep in mind that cursor movement by itself will
--- not cause the 'statuscolumn' to update unless 'relativenumber' is set.
---
--- NOTE: The %@ click execute function item is supported as well but the
--- specified function will be the same for each row in the same column.
--- It cannot be switched out through a dynamic 'statuscolumn' format, the
--- handler should be written with this in mind.
---
--- Examples:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	" Line number with bar separator and click handlers:
--- 	set statuscolumn=%@SignCb@%s%=%T%@NumCb@%l│%T
---
--- 	" Line numbers in hexadecimal for non wrapped part of lines:
--- 	let &stc='%=%{v:virtnum>0?"":printf("%x",v:lnum)} '
---
--- 	" Human readable line numbers with thousands separator:
--- 	let &stc='%{substitute(v:lnum,"\\d\\zs\\ze\\'
--- 		   . '%(\\d\\d\\d\\)\\+$",",","g")}'
---
--- 	" Both relative and absolute line numbers with different
--- 	" highlighting for odd and even relative numbers:
--- 	let &stc='%#NonText#%{&nu?v:lnum:""}' .
--- 	 '%=%{&rnu&&(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}' .
--- 	 '%#LineNr#%{&rnu&&!(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}'
--- ```
--- WARNING: this expression is evaluated for each screen line so defining
--- an expensive expression can negatively affect render performance.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.statuscolumn = ""
vim.o.stc = vim.o.statuscolumn
vim.wo.statuscolumn = vim.o.statuscolumn
vim.wo.stc = vim.wo.statuscolumn

--- Sets the `status-line`.
---
--- The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
--- normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
---   %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
--- All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can
--- be given as "%%".
---
--- 						*stl-%!*
--- When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
--- evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
--- ```
--- The *g:statusline_winid* variable will be set to the `window-ID` of the
--- window that the status line belongs to.
--- The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
--- Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
--- current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
--- context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
---
--- When there is an error while evaluating the option it will be reset to
--- its default value to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating
--- would loop.  When the result contains unprintable characters the
--- result is unpredictable.
---
--- Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
--- 'laststatus' is 2 or 3) is controlling the output of `CTRL-G`.
---
--- field	    meaning ~
--- -	    Left justify the item.  The default is right justified
--- 	    when minwid is larger than the length of the item.
--- 0	    Leading zeroes in numeric items.  Overridden by "-".
--- minwid	    Minimum width of the item, padding as set by "-" & "0".
--- 	    Value must be 50 or less.
--- maxwid	    Maximum width of the item.  Truncation occurs with a "<"
--- 	    on the left for text items.  Numeric items will be
--- 	    shifted down to maxwid-2 digits followed by ">"number
--- 	    where number is the amount of missing digits, much like
--- 	    an exponential notation.
--- item	    A one letter code as described below.
---
--- Following is a description of the possible statusline items.  The
--- second character in "item" is the type:
--- 	N for number
--- 	S for string
--- 	F for flags as described below
--- 	- not applicable
---
--- item  meaning ~
--- f S   Path to the file in the buffer, as typed or relative to current
---       directory.
--- F S   Full path to the file in the buffer.
--- t S   File name (tail) of file in the buffer.
--- m F   Modified flag, text is "[+]"; "[-]" if 'modifiable' is off.
--- M F   Modified flag, text is ",+" or ",-".
--- r F   Readonly flag, text is "[RO]".
--- R F   Readonly flag, text is ",RO".
--- h F   Help buffer flag, text is "[help]".
--- H F   Help buffer flag, text is ",HLP".
--- w F   Preview window flag, text is "[Preview]".
--- W F   Preview window flag, text is ",PRV".
--- y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., "[vim]".  See 'filetype'.
--- Y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., ",VIM".  See 'filetype'.
--- q S   "[Quickfix List]", "[Location List]" or empty.
--- k S   Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when `:lmap` mappings are
---       being used: "<keymap>"
--- n N   Buffer number.
--- b N   Value of character under cursor.
--- B N   As above, in hexadecimal.
--- o N   Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
---       Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
--- O N   As above, in hexadecimal.
--- l N   Line number.
--- L N   Number of lines in buffer.
--- c N   Column number (byte index).
--- v N   Virtual column number (screen column).
--- V N   Virtual column number as -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
--- p N   Percentage through file in lines as in `CTRL-G`.
--- P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
---       percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
---       translated.
--- S S   'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
--- a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
---       Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
--- { NF  Evaluate expression between "%{" and "}" and substitute result.
---       Note that there is no "%" before the closing "}".  The
---       expression cannot contain a "}" character, call a function to
---       work around that.  See `stl-%{` below.
--- `{%` -  This is almost same as "{" except the result of the expression is
---       re-evaluated as a statusline format string.  Thus if the
---       return value of expr contains "%" items they will get expanded.
---       The expression can contain the "}" character, the end of
---       expression is denoted by "%}".
---       For example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	func! Stl_filename() abort
--- 	    return "%t"
--- 	endfunc
--- ```
--- `stl=%{Stl_filename()}`   results in `"%t"`
---         `stl=%{%Stl_filename()%}` results in `"Name of current file"`
--- %} -  End of "{%" expression
--- ( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
---       alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
--- ) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
--- T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T or %X to end
---       the label.  Clicking this label with left mouse button switches
---       to the specified tab page, while clicking it with middle mouse
---       button closes the specified tab page.
--- X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X or %T to end
---       the label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current
---       tab" label.  Clicking this label with left mouse button closes
---       the specified tab page.
--- @ N   Start of execute function label. Use %X or %T to end the label,
---       e.g.: %10@SwitchBuffer@foo.c%X.  Clicking this label runs the
---       specified function: in the example when clicking once using left
---       mouse button on "foo.c", a `SwitchBuffer(10, 1, 'l', '    ')`
---       expression will be run.  The specified function receives the
---       following arguments in order:
---       1. minwid field value or zero if no N was specified
---       2. number of mouse clicks to detect multiple clicks
---       3. mouse button used: "l", "r" or "m" for left, right or middle
---          button respectively; one should not rely on third argument
---          being only "l", "r" or "m": any other non-empty string value
---          that contains only ASCII lower case letters may be expected
---          for other mouse buttons
---       4. modifiers pressed: string which contains "s" if shift
---          modifier was pressed, "c" for control, "a" for alt and "m"
---          for meta; currently if modifier is not pressed string
---          contains space instead, but one should not rely on presence
---          of spaces or specific order of modifiers: use `stridx()` to
---          test whether some modifier is present; string is guaranteed
---          to contain only ASCII letters and spaces, one letter per
---          modifier; "?" modifier may also be present, but its presence
---          is a bug that denotes that new mouse button recognition was
---          added without modifying code that reacts on mouse clicks on
---          this label.
---       Use `getmousepos()`.winid in the specified function to get the
---       corresponding window id of the clicked item.
--- \< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
---       No width fields allowed.
--- = -   Separation point between alignment sections.  Each section will
---       be separated by an equal number of spaces.  With one %= what
---       comes after it will be right-aligned.  With two %= there is a
---       middle part, with white space left and right of it.
---       No width fields allowed.
--- # -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
---       Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
---       highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
---       windows.
--- $ -   Same as `#`, except the `%$HLname$` group will inherit from
---       preceding highlight attributes.
--- * -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
---       minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or
---       %0*.  The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be
---       applied to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current
---       windows.
---       The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See `hl-User1..9`
---
--- When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
--- that flag comes right after plaintext.  This will make a nice display
--- when flags are used like in the examples below.
---
--- When all items in a group becomes an empty string (i.e. flags that are
--- not set) and a minwid is not set for the group, the whole group will
--- become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
--- completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set.
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
--- ```
--- Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
--- line is displayed.
--- 			*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
--- While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
--- temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
--- currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
--- The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
--- real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the `window-ID` of the
--- real current window.  These values are strings.
---
--- The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from
--- a modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
--- evaluating 'statusline' `textlock`.
---
--- If the statusline is not updated when you want it (e.g., after setting
--- a variable that's used in an expression), you can force an update by
--- using `:redrawstatus`.
---
--- A result of all digits is regarded a number for display purposes.
--- Otherwise the result is taken as flag text and applied to the rules
--- described above.
---
--- Watch out for errors in expressions.  They may render Vim unusable!
--- If you are stuck, hold down ':' or 'Q' to get a prompt, then quit and
--- edit your vimrc or whatever with "vim --clean" to get it right.
---
--- Examples:
--- Emulate standard status line with 'ruler' set
---
--- ```vim
---   set statusline=%<%f\ %h%w%m%r%=%-14.(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
--- ```
--- Similar, but add ASCII value of char under the cursor (like "ga")
---
--- ```vim
---   set statusline=%<%f%h%m%r%=%b\ 0x%B\ \ %l,%c%V\ %P
--- ```
--- Display byte count and byte value, modified flag in red.
---
--- ```vim
---   set statusline=%<%f%=\ [%1*%M%*%n%R%H]\ %-19(%3l,%02c%03V%)%O'%02b'
---   hi User1 term=inverse,bold cterm=inverse,bold ctermfg=red
--- ```
--- Display a ,GZ flag if a compressed file is loaded
---
--- ```vim
---   set statusline=...%r%{VarExists('b:gzflag','\ [GZ]')}%h...
--- ```
--- In the `:autocmd`'s:
---
--- ```vim
---   let b:gzflag = 1
--- ```
--- And:
---
--- ```vim
---   unlet b:gzflag
--- ```
--- And define this function:
---
--- ```vim
---   function VarExists(var, val)
---       if exists(a:var) | return a:val | else | return '' | endif
---   endfunction
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.statusline = "%<%f %h%w%m%r %{% v:lua.require('vim._core.util').term_exitcode() %}%=%{% luaeval('(package.loaded[''vim.ui''] and vim.api.nvim_get_current_win() == tonumber(vim.g.actual_curwin or -1) and vim.ui.progress_status()) or '''' ')%}%{% &showcmdloc == 'statusline' ? '%-10.S ' : '' %}%{% exists('b:keymap_name') ? '<'..b:keymap_name..'> ' : '' %}%{% &busy > 0 ? '◐ ' : '' %}%{% luaeval('(package.loaded[''vim.diagnostic''] and next(vim.diagnostic.count()) and vim.diagnostic.status() .. '' '') or '''' ') %}%{% &ruler ? ( &rulerformat == '' ? '%-14.(%l,%c%V%) %P' : &rulerformat ) : '' %}"
vim.o.stl = vim.o.statusline
vim.wo.statusline = vim.o.statusline
vim.wo.stl = vim.wo.statusline
vim.go.statusline = vim.o.statusline
vim.go.stl = vim.go.statusline

--- Files with these suffixes get a lower priority when multiple files
--- match a wildcard.  See `suffixes`.  Commas can be used to separate the
--- suffixes.  Spaces after the comma are ignored.  A dot is also seen as
--- the start of a suffix.  To avoid a dot or comma being recognized as a
--- separator, precede it with a backslash (see `option-backslash` about
--- including spaces and backslashes).
--- See 'wildignore' for completely ignoring files.
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- suffixes from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.suffixes = ".bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj"
vim.o.su = vim.o.suffixes
vim.go.suffixes = vim.o.suffixes
vim.go.su = vim.go.suffixes

--- Comma-separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
--- file for the "gf", "[I", etc. commands.  Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set suffixesadd=.java
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.suffixesadd = ""
vim.o.sua = vim.o.suffixesadd
vim.bo.suffixesadd = vim.o.suffixesadd
vim.bo.sua = vim.bo.suffixesadd

--- Use a swapfile for the buffer.  This option can be reset when a
--- swapfile is not wanted for a specific buffer.  For example, with
--- confidential information that even root must not be able to access.
--- Careful: All text will be in memory:
--- 	- Don't use this for big files.
--- 	- Recovery will be impossible!
--- A swapfile will only be present when 'updatecount' is non-zero and
--- 'swapfile' is set.
--- When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
--- immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
--- non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
--- Also see `swap-file`.
--- If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
--- use the `:noswapfile` modifier.
--- See 'directory' for where the swap file is created.
---
--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
--- specify special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.swapfile = true
vim.o.swf = vim.o.swapfile
vim.bo.swapfile = vim.o.swapfile
vim.bo.swf = vim.bo.swapfile

--- This option controls the behavior when switching between buffers.
--- This option is checked, when
--- - jumping to errors with the `quickfix` commands (`:cc`, `:cn`, `:cp`,
---   etc.).
--- - jumping to a tag using the `:stag` command.
--- - opening a file using the `CTRL-W_f` or `CTRL-W_F` command.
--- - jumping to a buffer using a buffer split command (e.g.  `:sbuffer`,
---   `:sbnext`, or `:sbrewind`).
--- Possible values (comma-separated list):
---    useopen	If included, jump to the first open window in the
--- 		current tab page that contains the specified buffer
--- 		(if there is one).  Otherwise: Do not examine other
--- 		windows.
---    usetab	Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
--- 		pages.
---    split	If included, split the current window before loading
--- 		a buffer for a `quickfix` command that display errors.
--- 		Otherwise: do not split, use current window (when used
--- 		in the quickfix window: the previously used window or
--- 		split if there is no other window).
---    vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
---    newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
--- 		"split" when both are present.
---    uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
--- 		jumping to errors with `quickfix` commands.
--- If a window has 'winfixbuf' enabled, 'switchbuf' is currently not
--- applied to the split window.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.switchbuf = "uselast"
vim.o.swb = vim.o.switchbuf
vim.go.switchbuf = vim.o.switchbuf
vim.go.swb = vim.go.switchbuf

--- Maximum column in which to search for syntax items.  In long lines the
--- text after this column is not highlighted and following lines may not
--- be highlighted correctly, because the syntax state is cleared.
--- This helps to avoid very slow redrawing for an XML file that is one
--- long line.
--- Set to zero to remove the limit.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.synmaxcol = 3000
vim.o.smc = vim.o.synmaxcol
vim.bo.synmaxcol = vim.o.synmaxcol
vim.bo.smc = vim.bo.synmaxcol

--- When this option is set, the syntax with this name is loaded, unless
--- syntax highlighting has been switched off with ":syntax off".
--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
--- b:current_syntax variable does).
--- This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
--- not automatically recognized.  Example, in an IDL file: >c
--- 	/* vim: set syntax=idl : */
--- ```
--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
--- names.  Example: >c
--- 	/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */
--- ```
--- This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
--- Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
--- otherwise it will be skipped.  More than one dot may appear.
--- To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set syntax=OFF
--- ```
--- To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
--- 'filetype' option:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set syntax=ON
--- ```
--- What actually happens when setting the 'syntax' option is that the
--- Syntax autocommand event is triggered with the value as argument.
--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
--- Only alphanumeric characters, '.', '-' and '_' can be used.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.syntax = ""
vim.o.syn = vim.o.syntax
vim.bo.syntax = vim.o.syntax
vim.bo.syn = vim.bo.syntax

--- This option controls the behavior when closing tab pages (e.g., using
--- `:tabclose`).  When empty Vim goes to the next (right) tab page.
---
--- Possible values (comma-separated list):
---    left		If included, go to the previous tab page instead of
--- 		the next one.
---    uselast	If included, go to the previously used tab page if
--- 		possible.  This option takes precedence over the
--- 		others.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.tabclose = ""
vim.o.tcl = vim.o.tabclose
vim.go.tabclose = vim.o.tabclose
vim.go.tcl = vim.go.tabclose

--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
--- line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
--- tab pages line.  See `setting-tabline` for more info.
---
--- The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
--- option and only when there is no GUI tab line.  When 'e' is in
--- 'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
--- instead.  Note that the two tab pages lines are very different.
---
--- The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'.  You can use
--- `tabpagenr()`, `tabpagewinnr()` and `tabpagebuflist()` to figure out
--- the text to be displayed.  Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
--- the second one, etc.  Use "%X" items for closing labels.
---
--- When changing something that is used in 'tabline' that does not
--- trigger it to be updated, use `:redrawtabline`.
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
--- are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.tabline = ""
vim.o.tal = vim.o.tabline
vim.go.tabline = vim.o.tabline
vim.go.tal = vim.go.tabline

--- Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the `-p` command line
--- argument or the ":tab all" command. `tabpage`
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.tabpagemax = 50
vim.o.tpm = vim.o.tabpagemax
vim.go.tabpagemax = vim.o.tabpagemax
vim.go.tpm = vim.go.tabpagemax

--- Defines the column multiple used to display the Horizontal Tab
--- character (ASCII 9); a Horizontal Tab always advances to the next tab
--- stop.
--- The value must be at least 1 and at most 9999.
--- If 'vartabstop' is set, this option is ignored.
--- Leave it at 8 unless you have a strong reason (see usr `30.5`).
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.tabstop = 8
vim.o.ts = vim.o.tabstop
vim.bo.tabstop = vim.o.tabstop
vim.bo.ts = vim.bo.tabstop

--- When searching for a tag (e.g., for the `:ta` command), Vim can either
--- use a binary search or a linear search in a tags file.  Binary
--- searching makes searching for a tag a LOT faster, but a linear search
--- will find more tags if the tags file wasn't properly sorted.
--- Vim normally assumes that your tags files are sorted, or indicate that
--- they are not sorted.  Only when this is not the case does the
--- 'tagbsearch' option need to be switched off.
---
--- When 'tagbsearch' is on, binary searching is first used in the tags
--- files.  In certain situations, Vim will do a linear search instead for
--- certain files, or retry all files with a linear search.  When
--- 'tagbsearch' is off, only a linear search is done.
---
--- Linear searching is done anyway, for one file, when Vim finds a line
--- at the start of the file indicating that it's not sorted:
--- ```
---    !_TAG_FILE_SORTED	0	/some comment/
--- ```
--- [The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]
---
--- When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
--- files listed in 'tags', and case is ignored or a pattern is used
--- instead of a normal tag name, a retry is done with a linear search.
--- Tags in unsorted tags files, and matches with different case will only
--- be found in the retry.
---
--- If a tag file indicates that it is case-fold sorted, the second,
--- linear search can be avoided when case is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
--- in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be case-fold
--- sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
--- "sort -f -o tags tags".  For Universal ctags and Exuberant ctags
--- version 5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be
--- used for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for
--- this to work.
---
--- By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
--- 'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
--- "ignore".
--- Also when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' is set, or
--- 'tagcase' is "smart", and the pattern contains only lowercase
--- characters.
---
--- When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
--- exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
--- files may only be found with 'tagbsearch' off.
--- When the tags file is not sorted, or sorted in a wrong way (not on
--- ASCII byte value), 'tagbsearch' should be off, or the line given above
--- must be included in the tags file.
--- This option doesn't affect commands that find all matching tags (e.g.,
--- command-line completion and ":help").
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.tagbsearch = true
vim.o.tbs = vim.o.tagbsearch
vim.go.tagbsearch = vim.o.tagbsearch
vim.go.tbs = vim.go.tagbsearch

--- This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
--- file:
---    followic	Follow the 'ignorecase' option
---    followscs    Follow the 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options
---    ignore	Ignore case
---    match	Match case
---    smart	Ignore case unless an upper case letter is used
---
--- @type 'followic'|'ignore'|'match'|'followscs'|'smart'
vim.o.tagcase = "followic"
vim.o.tc = vim.o.tagcase
vim.bo.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
vim.bo.tc = vim.bo.tagcase
vim.go.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
vim.go.tc = vim.go.tagcase

--- This option specifies a function to be used to perform tag searches
--- (including `taglist()`).
--- The function gets the tag pattern and should return a List of matching
--- tags.  See `tag-function` for an explanation of how to write the
--- function and an example.  The value can be the name of a function, a
--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`.  See `option-value-function` for more
--- information.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.tagfunc = ""
vim.o.tfu = vim.o.tagfunc
vim.bo.tagfunc = vim.o.tagfunc
vim.bo.tfu = vim.bo.tagfunc

--- If non-zero, tags are significant up to this number of characters.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.taglength = 0
vim.o.tl = vim.o.taglength
vim.go.taglength = vim.o.taglength
vim.go.tl = vim.go.taglength

--- If on and using a tags file in another directory, file names in that
--- tags file are relative to the directory where the tags file is.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.tagrelative = true
vim.o.tr = vim.o.tagrelative
vim.go.tagrelative = vim.o.tagrelative
vim.go.tr = vim.go.tagrelative

--- Filenames for the tag command, separated by spaces or commas.  To
--- include a space or comma in a file name, precede it with backslashes
--- (see `option-backslash` about including spaces/commas and backslashes).
--- When a file name starts with "./", the '.' is replaced with the path
--- of the current file.  But only when the 'd' flag is not included in
--- 'cpoptions'.  Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  Also see
--- `tags-option`.
--- "*", "**" and other wildcards can be used to search for tags files in
--- a directory tree.  See `file-searching`.  E.g., "/lib/**/tags" will
--- find all files named "tags" below "/lib".  The filename itself cannot
--- contain wildcards, it is used as-is.  E.g., "/lib/**/tags?" will find
--- files called "tags?".
--- The `tagfiles()` function can be used to get a list of the file names
--- actually used.
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- file names from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.tags = "./tags;,tags"
vim.o.tag = vim.o.tags
vim.bo.tags = vim.o.tags
vim.bo.tag = vim.bo.tags
vim.go.tags = vim.o.tags
vim.go.tag = vim.go.tags

--- When on, the `tagstack` is used normally.  When off, a ":tag" or
--- ":tselect" command with an argument will not push the tag onto the
--- tagstack.  A following ":tag" without an argument, a ":pop" command or
--- any other command that uses the tagstack will use the unmodified
--- tagstack, but does change the pointer to the active entry.
--- Resetting this option is useful when using a ":tag" command in a
--- mapping which should not change the tagstack.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.tagstack = true
vim.o.tgst = vim.o.tagstack
vim.go.tagstack = vim.o.tagstack
vim.go.tgst = vim.go.tagstack

--- The terminal is in charge of Bi-directionality of text (as specified
--- by Unicode).  The terminal is also expected to do the required shaping
--- that some languages (such as Arabic) require.
--- Setting this option implies that 'rightleft' will not be set when
--- 'arabic' is set and the value of 'arabicshape' will be ignored.
--- Note that setting 'termbidi' has the immediate effect that
--- 'arabicshape' is ignored, but 'rightleft' isn't changed automatically.
--- For further details see `l10n-arabic.txt`.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.termbidi = false
vim.o.tbidi = vim.o.termbidi
vim.go.termbidi = vim.o.termbidi
vim.go.tbidi = vim.go.termbidi

--- Enables 24-bit RGB color in the `TUI`.  Uses "gui" `:highlight`
--- attributes instead of "cterm" attributes. `guifg`
--- Requires an ISO-8613-3 compatible terminal.
---
--- Nvim will automatically attempt to determine if the host terminal
--- supports 24-bit color and will enable this option if it does
--- (unless explicitly disabled by the user).
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.termguicolors = false
vim.o.tgc = vim.o.termguicolors
vim.go.termguicolors = vim.o.termguicolors
vim.go.tgc = vim.go.termguicolors

--- A comma-separated list of options for specifying control characters
--- to be removed from the text pasted into the terminal window. The
--- supported values are:
---
---    BS	    Backspace
---
---    HT	    TAB
---
---    FF	    Form feed
---
---    ESC	    Escape
---
---    DEL	    DEL
---
---    C0	    Other control characters, excluding Line feed and
--- 	    Carriage return < ' '
---
---    C1	    Control characters 0x80...0x9F
---
--- @type string
vim.o.termpastefilter = "BS,HT,ESC,DEL"
vim.o.tpf = vim.o.termpastefilter
vim.go.termpastefilter = vim.o.termpastefilter
vim.go.tpf = vim.go.termpastefilter

--- If the host terminal supports it, buffer all screen updates
--- made during a redraw cycle so that each screen is displayed in
--- the terminal all at once. This can prevent tearing or flickering
--- when the terminal updates faster than Nvim can redraw.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.termsync = true
vim.go.termsync = vim.o.termsync

--- Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
--- broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
--- this.
--- When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
--- 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
--- When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.textwidth = 0
vim.o.tw = vim.o.textwidth
vim.bo.textwidth = vim.o.textwidth
vim.bo.tw = vim.bo.textwidth

--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
--- for thesaurus completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`.  See
--- `compl-thesaurus`.
---
--- This option is not used if 'thesaurusfunc' is set, either for the
--- buffer or globally.
---
--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
--- name.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes.  The use of
--- `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing directories
--- from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version uses
--- another default.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.thesaurus = ""
vim.o.tsr = vim.o.thesaurus
vim.bo.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
vim.bo.tsr = vim.bo.thesaurus
vim.go.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
vim.go.tsr = vim.go.thesaurus

--- This option specifies a function to be used for thesaurus completion
--- with CTRL-X CTRL-T.  `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T` See `compl-thesaurusfunc`.
--- The value can be the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.
--- See `option-value-function` for more information.
---
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.thesaurusfunc = ""
vim.o.tsrfu = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
vim.bo.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
vim.bo.tsrfu = vim.bo.thesaurusfunc
vim.go.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
vim.go.tsrfu = vim.go.thesaurusfunc

--- When on: The tilde command "~" behaves like an operator.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.tildeop = false
vim.o.top = vim.o.tildeop
vim.go.tildeop = vim.o.tildeop
vim.go.top = vim.go.tildeop

--- This option and 'timeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
--- mapped key sequence has been received. For example, if <c-f> is
--- pressed and 'timeout' is set, Nvim will wait 'timeoutlen' milliseconds
--- for any key that can follow <c-f> in a mapping.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.timeout = true
vim.o.to = vim.o.timeout
vim.go.timeout = vim.o.timeout
vim.go.to = vim.go.timeout

--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a mapped sequence to complete.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.timeoutlen = 1000
vim.o.tm = vim.o.timeoutlen
vim.go.timeoutlen = vim.o.timeoutlen
vim.go.tm = vim.go.timeoutlen

--- If enabled, Nvim will update the (GUI or terminal) window title. The
--- format is configured by 'titlestring'. By default it looks like:
--- ```
--- 	filename [+=-] (path) - Nvim
--- ```
---
--- where:
--- ```
--- 	filename	the name of the file being edited
--- 	-		indicates the file cannot be modified, 'ma' off
--- 	+		indicates the file was modified
--- 	=		indicates the file is read-only
--- 	=+		indicates the file is read-only and modified
--- 	(path)		is the path of the file being edited
--- 	- Nvim		the server name `v:servername` or "Nvim"
--- ```
---
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.title = false
vim.go.title = vim.o.title

--- Gives the percentage of 'columns' to use for the length of the window
--- title.  When the title is longer, only the end of the path name is
--- shown.  A '<' character before the path name is used to indicate this.
--- Using a percentage makes this adapt to the width of the window.  But
--- it won't work perfectly, because the actual number of characters
--- available also depends on the font used and other things in the title
--- bar.  When 'titlelen' is zero the full path is used.  Otherwise,
--- values from 1 to 30000 percent can be used.
--- 'titlelen' is also used for the 'titlestring' option.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.titlelen = 85
vim.go.titlelen = vim.o.titlelen

--- If not empty, this option will be used to set the window title when
--- exiting.  Only if 'title' is enabled.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.titleold = ""
vim.go.titleold = vim.o.titleold

--- Formats the window title, enabled by the 'title' option.
---
--- Contains printf-style "%" items, expanded according to the rules of
--- 'statusline'.  If a "%" format is invalid, it is used as-is and no
--- error will be given.
---
--- The default (empty) behaviour is equivalent to:
---
--- ```vim
---     set titlestring=%t%(\ %M%)%(\ \(%{expand(\"%:~:h\")}\)%)%a\ -\ Nvim
--- ```
---
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
---     auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() .. "/" .. expand("%:p")
---     set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
--- ```
--- The value of 'titlelen' is used to align items in the middle
--- or right of the available space.
---
--- Example: to have the file name first:
---
--- ```vim
---     set titlestring=%t%(\ %M%)%(\ (%{expand(\"%:~:.:h\")})%)%(\ %a%)
--- ```
--- Note the use of "%{ }" and an expression to get the path of
--- the file, without the file name.  The "%( %)" constructs add a
--- separating space only when needed.
---
--- NOTE: Use of special characters in 'titlestring' may cause the display
--- to be garbled (e.g., when it contains a CR or NL character).
---
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.titlestring = ""
vim.go.titlestring = vim.o.titlestring

--- This option and 'ttimeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
--- key code sequence has been received by the `TUI`.
---
--- For example if <Esc> (the \x1b byte) is received and 'ttimeout' is
--- set, Nvim waits 'ttimeoutlen' milliseconds for the terminal to
--- complete a key code sequence. If no input arrives before the timeout,
--- a single <Esc> is assumed. Many TUI cursor key codes start with <Esc>.
---
--- On very slow systems this may fail, causing cursor keys not to work
--- sometimes.  If you discover this problem you can ":set ttimeoutlen=9999".
--- Nvim will wait for the next character to arrive after an <Esc>.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.ttimeout = true
vim.go.ttimeout = vim.o.ttimeout

--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a key code sequence to complete. Also
--- used for CTRL-\ CTRL-N and CTRL-\ CTRL-G when part of a command has
--- been typed.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.ttimeoutlen = 50
vim.o.ttm = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
vim.go.ttimeoutlen = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
vim.go.ttm = vim.go.ttimeoutlen

--- List of directory names for undo files, separated with commas.
--- See 'backupdir' for details of the format.
--- "." means using the directory of the file.  The undo file name for
--- "file.txt" is ".file.txt.un~".
--- For other directories the file name is the full path of the edited
--- file, with path separators replaced with "%".
--- When writing: The first directory that exists is used.  "." always
--- works, no directories after "." will be used for writing.  If none of
--- the directories exist Nvim will attempt to create the last directory in
--- the list.
--- When reading all entries are tried to find an undo file.  The first
--- undo file that exists is used.  When it cannot be read an error is
--- given, no further entry is used.
--- See `undo-persistence`.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- Note that unlike 'directory' and 'backupdir', 'undodir' always acts as
--- though the trailing slashes are present (see 'backupdir' for what this
--- means).
---
--- @type string
vim.o.undodir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/undo//"
vim.o.udir = vim.o.undodir
vim.go.undodir = vim.o.undodir
vim.go.udir = vim.go.undodir

--- When on, Vim automatically saves undo history to an undo file when
--- writing a buffer to a file, and restores undo history from the same
--- file on buffer read.
--- The directory where the undo file is stored is specified by 'undodir'.
--- For more information about this feature see `undo-persistence`.
--- The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
--- before a reload to be saved for undo.
--- When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.undofile = false
vim.o.udf = vim.o.undofile
vim.bo.undofile = vim.o.undofile
vim.bo.udf = vim.bo.undofile

--- Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
--- is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
--- Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of
--- memory.  Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u"
--- undoes itself:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set ul=0
--- ```
--- But you can also get Vi compatibility by including the 'u' flag in
--- 'cpoptions', and still be able to use CTRL-R to repeat undo.
--- Also see `undo-two-ways`.
--- Set to -1 for no undo at all.  You might want to do this only for the
--- current buffer:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	setlocal ul=-1
--- ```
--- This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
---
--- The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
---
--- Also see `clear-undo`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.undolevels = 1000
vim.o.ul = vim.o.undolevels
vim.bo.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
vim.bo.ul = vim.bo.undolevels
vim.go.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
vim.go.ul = vim.go.undolevels

--- Save the whole buffer for undo when reloading it.  This applies to the
--- ":e!" command and reloading for when the buffer changed outside of
--- Vim. `FileChangedShell`
--- The save only happens when this option is negative or when the number
--- of lines is smaller than the value of this option.
--- Set this option to zero to disable undo for a reload.
---
--- When saving undo for a reload, any undo file is not read.
---
--- Note that this causes the whole buffer to be stored in memory.  Set
--- this option to a lower value if you run out of memory.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.undoreload = 10000
vim.o.ur = vim.o.undoreload
vim.go.undoreload = vim.o.undoreload
vim.go.ur = vim.go.undoreload

--- After typing this many characters the swap file will be written to
--- disk.  When zero, no swap file will be created at all (see chapter on
--- recovery `crash-recovery`).  'updatecount' is set to zero by starting
--- Vim with the "-n" option, see `startup`.  When editing in readonly
--- mode this option will be initialized to 10000.
--- The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with 'swapfile'.
--- When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
--- created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set.  When 'updatecount'
--- is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
--- This option has no meaning in buffers where 'buftype' is "nofile" or
--- "nowrite".
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.updatecount = 200
vim.o.uc = vim.o.updatecount
vim.go.updatecount = vim.o.updatecount
vim.go.uc = vim.go.updatecount

--- If this many milliseconds nothing is typed the swap file will be
--- written to disk (see `crash-recovery`).  Also used for the
--- `CursorHold` autocommand event.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.updatetime = 4000
vim.o.ut = vim.o.updatetime
vim.go.updatetime = vim.o.updatetime
vim.go.ut = vim.go.updatetime

--- Defines variable-width soft tab stops.  The value is a comma-separated
--- list of widths in columns.  Each width defines the number of columns
--- before the next soft tab stop.  The last value repeats indefinitely.
---
--- For example, when editing assembly language files where statements
--- start in the 9th column and comments in the 41st, it may be useful
--- to use the following:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set varsofttabstop=8,32,8
--- ```
--- This sets soft tab stops at column 8, then at column 40 (8 + 32), and
--- every 8 columns thereafter.
---
--- Note: this setting overrides 'softtabstop'.
--- See section `30.5` of the user manual for detailed explanations on how
--- Vim works with tabs and spaces.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.varsofttabstop = ""
vim.o.vsts = vim.o.varsofttabstop
vim.bo.varsofttabstop = vim.o.varsofttabstop
vim.bo.vsts = vim.bo.varsofttabstop

--- Defines variable-width tab stops.  The value is a comma-separated list
--- of widths in columns.  Each width defines the number of columns before
--- the next tab stop; the last value repeats indefinitely.
---
--- For example:
--- ```
--- 	:set vartabstop=4,8
--- ```
--- This places the first tab stop 4 columns from the start of the line
--- and each subsequent tab stop 8 columns apart.
---
--- Note: this setting overrides 'tabstop'.
--- On UNIX, it is recommended to keep the default tabstop value of 8.
--- Consider setting 'varsofttabstop' instead.
--- See section `30.5` of the user manual for detailed explanations on how
--- Vim works with tabs and spaces.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.vartabstop = ""
vim.o.vts = vim.o.vartabstop
vim.bo.vartabstop = vim.o.vartabstop
vim.bo.vts = vim.bo.vartabstop

--- Sets the verbosity level.  Also set by `-V` and `:verbose`.
---
--- Tracing of assignments to options, mappings, etc. in Lua scripts is
--- enabled at level 1; Lua scripts are not traced when 'verbose' is 0,
--- for performance.
---
--- If greater than or equal to a given level, Nvim produces the following
--- messages:
---
--- Level   Messages ~
--- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
--- 1	Enables Lua tracing (see above). Does not produce messages.
--- 2	When a file is ":source"'ed, or `shada` file is read or written.
--- 3	UI info, terminal capabilities.
--- 4	Shell commands.
--- 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
--- 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
--- 9	Executed autocommands.
--- 11	Finding items in a path.
--- 12	Vimscript function calls.
--- 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
--- 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
--- 15	Ex commands from a script (truncated at 200 characters).
--- 16	Ex commands.
---
--- If 'verbosefile' is set then the verbose messages are not displayed.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.verbose = 0
vim.o.vbs = vim.o.verbose
vim.go.verbose = vim.o.verbose
vim.go.vbs = vim.go.verbose

--- When not empty all messages are written in a file with this name.
--- When the file exists messages are appended.
--- Writing to the file ends when Vim exits or when 'verbosefile' is made
--- empty.  Writes are buffered, thus may not show up for some time.
--- Setting 'verbosefile' to a new value is like making it empty first.
--- The difference with `:redir` is that verbose messages are not
--- displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.verbosefile = ""
vim.o.vfile = vim.o.verbosefile
vim.go.verbosefile = vim.o.verbosefile
vim.go.vfile = vim.go.verbosefile

--- Name of the directory where to store files for `:mkview`.
--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
--- security reasons.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.viewdir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/view//"
vim.o.vdir = vim.o.viewdir
vim.go.viewdir = vim.o.viewdir
vim.go.vdir = vim.go.viewdir

--- Changes the effect of the `:mkview` command.  It is a comma-separated
--- list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring something:
---    word		save and restore ~
---    cursor	cursor position in file and in window
---    curdir	local current directory, if set with `:lcd`
---    folds	manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
--- 		fold options
---    options	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
--- 		global values for local options)
---    localoptions same as "options"
---    slash	`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
---    unix		`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.viewoptions = "folds,cursor,curdir"
vim.o.vop = vim.o.viewoptions
vim.go.viewoptions = vim.o.viewoptions
vim.go.vop = vim.go.viewoptions

--- A comma-separated list of these words:
---     block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
---     insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
---     all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
---     onemore	Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
---     none	When used as the local value, do not allow virtual
--- 		editing even when the global value is set.  When used
--- 		as the global value, "none" is the same as "".
---     NONE	Alternative spelling of "none".
---
--- Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
--- no actual character.  This can be halfway into a tab or beyond the end
--- of the line.  Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
--- editing a table.
--- "onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
--- after the last character of the line.  This makes some commands more
--- consistent.  Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
--- if the line was empty.  But it is far from Vi compatible.  It may also
--- break some plugins or Vim scripts.  For example because `l` can move
--- the cursor after the last character.  Use with care!
--- Using the `$` command will move to the last character in the line, not
--- past it.  This may actually move the cursor to the left!
--- The `g$` command will move to the end of the screen line.
--- It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
--- not get a warning for it.
--- When combined with other words, "none" is ignored.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.virtualedit = ""
vim.o.ve = vim.o.virtualedit
vim.wo.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
vim.wo.ve = vim.wo.virtualedit
vim.go.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
vim.go.ve = vim.go.virtualedit

--- Use visual bell instead of beeping.  Also see 'errorbells'.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.visualbell = false
vim.o.vb = vim.o.visualbell
vim.go.visualbell = vim.o.visualbell
vim.go.vb = vim.go.visualbell

--- Give a warning message when a shell command is used while the buffer
--- has been changed.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.warn = true
vim.go.warn = vim.o.warn

--- Allow specified keys that move the cursor left/right to move to the
--- previous/next line when the cursor is on the first/last character in
--- the line.  Concatenate characters to allow this for these keys:
--- 	char   key	  mode	~
--- 	 b    <BS>	 Normal and Visual
--- 	 s    <Space>	 Normal and Visual
--- 	 h    "h"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
--- 	 l    "l"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
--- 	 <    <Left>	 Normal and Visual
--- 	 >    <Right>	 Normal and Visual
--- 	 ~    "~"	 Normal
--- 	 [    <Left>	 Insert and Replace
--- 	 ]    <Right>	 Insert and Replace
--- For example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set ww=<,>,[,]
--- ```
--- allows wrap only when cursor keys are used.
--- When the movement keys are used in combination with a delete or change
--- operator, the <EOL> also counts for a character.  This makes "3h"
--- different from "3dh" when the cursor crosses the end of a line.  This
--- is also true for "x" and "X", because they do the same as "dl" and
--- "dh".  If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
--- ":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
--- cursor.
--- When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
--- line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line.  This
--- makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.whichwrap = "b,s"
vim.o.ww = vim.o.whichwrap
vim.go.whichwrap = vim.o.whichwrap
vim.go.ww = vim.go.whichwrap

--- Character you have to type to start wildcard expansion in the
--- command-line, as specified with 'wildmode'.
--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
--- The character is not recognized when used inside a macro.  See
--- 'wildcharm' for that.
--- Some keys will not work, such as CTRL-C, <CR> and Enter.
--- <Esc> can be used, but hitting it twice in a row will still exit
--- command-line as a failsafe measure.
--- Although 'wc' is a number option, it can be specified as a number, a
--- single character, a `key-notation` (e.g. <Up>, <C-F>) or a letter
--- preceded with a caret (e.g. `^F` is CTRL-F):
---
--- ```vim
--- 	:set wc=27
--- 	:set wc=X
--- 	:set wc=^I
--- 	set wc=<Tab>
--- ```
--- 'wildchar' also enables completion in search pattern contexts such as
--- `/`, `?`, `:s`, `:g`, `:v`, and `:vim`.  To insert a literal <Tab>
--- instead of triggering completion, type <C-V><Tab> or "\t".
--- See also 'wildoptions' and `wildtrigger()`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.wildchar = 9
vim.o.wc = vim.o.wildchar
vim.go.wildchar = vim.o.wildchar
vim.go.wc = vim.go.wildchar

--- 'wildcharm' works exactly like 'wildchar', except that it is
--- recognized when used inside a macro.  You can find "spare"
--- command-line keys suitable for this option by looking at
--- `ex-edit-index`.  Normally you'll never actually type 'wildcharm',
--- just use it in mappings that automatically invoke completion mode,
--- e.g.:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wcm=<C-Z>
--- 	cnoremap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim<C-Z>
--- ```
--- Then after typing :ss you can use CTRL-P & CTRL-N.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.wildcharm = 0
vim.o.wcm = vim.o.wildcharm
vim.go.wildcharm = vim.o.wildcharm
vim.go.wcm = vim.go.wildcharm

--- A list of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
--- patterns is ignored when expanding `wildcards`, completing file or
--- directory names, and influences the result of `expand()`, `glob()` and
--- `globpath()` unless a flag is passed to disable this.
--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
--- Also see 'suffixes'.
--- Example:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildignore=*.o,*.obj
--- ```
--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
--- a pattern from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
--- uses another default.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.wildignore = ""
vim.o.wig = vim.o.wildignore
vim.go.wildignore = vim.o.wildignore
vim.go.wig = vim.go.wildignore

--- When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
--- Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
--- Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
--- happens when there are special characters.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.wildignorecase = false
vim.o.wic = vim.o.wildignorecase
vim.go.wildignorecase = vim.o.wildignorecase
vim.go.wic = vim.go.wildignorecase

--- When 'wildmenu' is on, command-line completion operates in an enhanced
--- mode.  On pressing 'wildchar' (usually <Tab>) to invoke completion,
--- the possible matches are shown.
--- When 'wildoptions' contains "pum", then the completion matches are
--- shown in a popup menu.  Otherwise they are displayed just above the
--- command line, with the first match highlighted (overwriting the status
--- line, if there is one).
--- Keys that show the previous/next match, such as <Tab> or
--- CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
--- 'wildmode' must specify "full": "longest" and "list" do not start
--- 'wildmenu' mode. You can check the current mode with `wildmenumode()`.
--- The menu is cancelled when a key is hit that is not used for selecting
--- a completion.
---
--- While the menu is active these keys have special meanings:
--- CTRL-P		- go to the previous entry
--- CTRL-N		- go to the next entry
--- <Left> <Right>	- select previous/next match (like CTRL-P/CTRL-N)
--- <PageUp>	- select a match several entries back
--- <PageDown>	- select a match several entries further
--- <Up>		- in filename/menu name completion: move up into
--- 		  parent directory or parent menu.
--- <Down>		- in filename/menu name completion: move into a
--- 		  subdirectory or submenu.
--- <CR>		- in menu completion, when the cursor is just after a
--- 		  dot: move into a submenu.
--- CTRL-E		- end completion, go back to what was there before
--- 		  selecting a match.
--- CTRL-Y		- accept the currently selected match and stop
--- 		  completion.
---
--- If you want <Left> and <Right> to move the cursor instead of selecting
--- a different match, use this:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	cnoremap <Left> <Space><BS><Left>
--- 	cnoremap <Right> <Space><BS><Right>
--- ```
---
--- `hl-WildMenu` highlights the current match.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.wildmenu = true
vim.o.wmnu = vim.o.wildmenu
vim.go.wildmenu = vim.o.wildmenu
vim.go.wmnu = vim.go.wildmenu

--- Completion mode used for the character specified with 'wildchar'.
--- This option is a comma-separated list of up to four parts,
--- corresponding to the first, second, third, and fourth presses of
--- 'wildchar'.  Each part is a colon-separated list of completion
--- behaviors, which are applied simultaneously during that phase.
---
--- The possible behavior values are:
--- ""		Only complete (insert) the first match.  No further
--- 		matches are cycled or listed.
--- "full"		Complete the next full match.  Cycles through all
--- 		matches, returning to the original input after the
--- 		last match.  If 'wildmenu' is enabled, it will be
--- 		shown.
--- "longest"	Complete to the longest common substring.  If this
--- 		doesn't extend the input, the next 'wildmode' part is
--- 		used.
--- "list"		If multiple matches are found, list all of them.
--- "lastused"	When completing buffer names, sort them by most
--- 		recently used (excluding the current buffer).  Only
--- 		applies to buffer name completion.
--- "noselect"	If 'wildmenu' is enabled, show the menu but do not
--- 		preselect the first item.
--- If only one match exists, it is completed fully, unless "noselect" is
--- specified.
---
--- Some useful combinations of colon-separated values:
--- "longest:full"		Start with the longest common string and show
--- 			'wildmenu' (if enabled).  Does not cycle
--- 			through full matches.
--- "list:full"		List all matches and complete first match.
--- "list:longest"		List all matches and complete till the longest
--- 			common prefix.
--- "list:lastused"		List all matches.  When completing buffers,
--- 			sort them by most recently used (excluding the
--- 			current buffer).
--- "noselect:lastused"	Do not preselect the first item in 'wildmenu'
--- 			if it is active.  When completing buffers,
--- 			sort them by most recently used (excluding the
--- 			current buffer).
---
--- Examples:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=full
--- ```
--- Complete full match on every press (default behavior)
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=longest,full
--- ```
--- First press: longest common substring
--- Second press: cycle through full matches
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=list:full
--- ```
--- First press: list all matches and complete the first one
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=list,full
--- ```
--- First press: list matches only
--- Second press: complete full matches
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=longest,list
--- ```
--- First press: longest common substring
--- Second press: list all matches
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=noselect:full
--- ```
--- First press: show 'wildmenu' without completing or selecting
--- Second press: cycle full matches
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set wildmode=noselect:lastused,full
--- ```
--- Same as above, but buffer matches are sorted by time last used
--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.wildmode = "full"
vim.o.wim = vim.o.wildmode
vim.go.wildmode = vim.o.wildmode
vim.go.wim = vim.go.wildmode

--- A list of words that change how `cmdline-completion` is done.
--- The following values are supported:
---   exacttext	When this flag is present, search pattern completion
--- 		(e.g., in `/`, `?`, `:s`, `:g`, `:v`, and `:vim`)
--- 		shows exact buffer text as menu items, without
--- 		preserving regex artifacts like position
--- 		anchors (e.g., `/\\<`).  This provides more intuitive
--- 		menu items that match the actual buffer text.
--- 		However, searches may be less accurate since the
--- 		pattern is not preserved exactly.
--- 		By default, Vim preserves the typed pattern (with
--- 		anchors) and appends the matched word.  This preserves
--- 		search correctness, especially when using regular
--- 		expressions or with 'smartcase' enabled.  However, the
--- 		case of the appended matched word may not exactly
--- 		match the case of the word in the buffer.
---   fuzzy		Use `fuzzy-matching` to find completion matches.  When
--- 		this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
--- 		be used for completion.  The matches will be sorted by
--- 		the "best match" rather than alphabetically sorted.
--- 		This will find more matches than the wildcard
--- 		expansion.  Currently fuzzy matching based completion
--- 		is not supported for file and directory names and
--- 		instead wildcard expansion is used.
---   pum		Display the completion matches using the popup menu in
--- 		the same style as the `ins-completion-menu`.
---   tagfile	When using CTRL-D to list matching tags, the kind of
--- 		tag and the file of the tag is listed.	Only one match
--- 		is displayed per line.  Often used tag kinds are:
--- 			d	#define
--- 			f	function
---
--- This option does not apply to `ins-completion`.  See 'completeopt' for
--- that.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.wildoptions = "pum,tagfile"
vim.o.wop = vim.o.wildoptions
vim.go.wildoptions = vim.o.wildoptions
vim.go.wop = vim.go.wildoptions

--- 		only used in Win32
--- Some GUI versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
--- key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
--- menu.  This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
--- entering special characters.  This option tells what to do:
---   no	Don't use ALT keys for menus.  ALT key combinations can be
--- 	mapped, but there is no automatic handling.
---   yes	ALT key handling is done by the windowing system.  ALT key
--- 	combinations cannot be mapped.
---   menu	Using ALT in combination with a character that is a menu
--- 	shortcut key, will be handled by the windowing system.  Other
--- 	keys can be mapped.
--- If the menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', the ALT
--- key is never used for the menu.
--- This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32.
---
--- @type 'yes'|'menu'|'no'
vim.o.winaltkeys = "menu"
vim.o.wak = vim.o.winaltkeys
vim.go.winaltkeys = vim.o.winaltkeys
vim.go.wak = vim.go.winaltkeys

--- When non-empty, this option enables the window bar and determines its
--- contents. The window bar is a bar that's shown at the top of every
--- window with it enabled. The value of 'winbar' is evaluated like with
--- 'statusline'.
---
--- When changing something that is used in 'winbar' that does not trigger
--- it to be updated, use `:redrawstatus`.
---
--- Floating windows do not use the global value of 'winbar'. The
--- window-local value of 'winbar' must be set for a floating window to
--- have a window bar.
---
--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
---
--- @type string
vim.o.winbar = ""
vim.o.wbr = vim.o.winbar
vim.wo.winbar = vim.o.winbar
vim.wo.wbr = vim.wo.winbar
vim.go.winbar = vim.o.winbar
vim.go.wbr = vim.go.winbar

--- Enables pseudo-transparency for a floating window. Valid values are in
--- the range of 0 for fully opaque window (disabled) to 100 for fully
--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
---
--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.winblend = 0
vim.o.winbl = vim.o.winblend
vim.wo.winblend = vim.o.winblend
vim.wo.winbl = vim.wo.winblend

--- Defines the default border style of floating windows. The default value
--- is empty, which is equivalent to "none". Valid values include:
--- - "bold": Bold line box.
--- - "double": Double-line box.
--- - "none": No border.
--- - "rounded": Like "single", but with rounded corners ("╭" etc.).
--- - "shadow": Drop shadow effect, by blending with the background.
--- - "single": Single-line box.
--- - "solid": Adds padding by a single whitespace cell.
--- - custom: comma-separated list of exactly 8 characters in clockwise
---   order starting from topleft. Example:
---
--- ```lua
---      vim.o.winborder='+,-,+,`,+,-,+,`'
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.winborder = ""
vim.go.winborder = vim.o.winborder

--- Window height used for `CTRL-F` and `CTRL-B` when there is only one
--- window and the value is smaller than 'lines' minus one.  The screen
--- will scroll 'window' minus two lines, with a minimum of one.
--- When 'window' is equal to 'lines' minus one CTRL-F and CTRL-B scroll
--- in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
--- When resizing the Vim window, and the value is smaller than 1 or more
--- than or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1.
--- Note: Do not confuse this with the height of the Vim window, use
--- 'lines' for that.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.window = 0
vim.o.wi = vim.o.window
vim.go.window = vim.o.window
vim.go.wi = vim.go.window

--- If enabled, the window and the buffer it is displaying are paired.
--- For example, attempting to change the buffer with `:edit` will fail.
--- Other commands which change a window's buffer such as `:cnext` will
--- also skip any window with 'winfixbuf' enabled.  However if an Ex
--- command has a "!" modifier, it can force switching buffers.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.winfixbuf = false
vim.o.wfb = vim.o.winfixbuf
vim.wo.winfixbuf = vim.o.winfixbuf
vim.wo.wfb = vim.wo.winfixbuf

--- Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
--- 'equalalways' is set.  Also for `CTRL-W_=`.  Set by default for the
--- `preview-window` and `quickfix-window`.
--- The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.winfixheight = false
vim.o.wfh = vim.o.winfixheight
vim.wo.winfixheight = vim.o.winfixheight
vim.wo.wfh = vim.wo.winfixheight

--- Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
--- 'equalalways' is set.  Also for `CTRL-W_=`.
--- The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.winfixwidth = false
vim.o.wfw = vim.o.winfixwidth
vim.wo.winfixwidth = vim.o.winfixwidth
vim.wo.wfw = vim.wo.winfixwidth

--- Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
--- minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
--- focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
--- cost of the height of other windows.
--- Set 'winheight' to a small number for normal editing.
--- Set it to 999 to make the current window fill most of the screen.
--- Other windows will be only 'winminheight' high.  This has the drawback
--- that ":all" will create only two windows.  To avoid "vim -o 1 2 3 4"
--- to create only two windows, set the option after startup is done,
--- using the `VimEnter` event:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	au VimEnter * set winheight=999
--- ```
--- Minimum value is 1.
--- The height is not adjusted after one of the commands that change the
--- height of the current window.
--- 'winheight' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminheight' to set
--- the minimal height for other windows.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.winheight = 1
vim.o.wh = vim.o.winheight
vim.go.winheight = vim.o.winheight
vim.go.wh = vim.go.winheight

--- Window-local highlights.  Comma-delimited list of highlight
--- `group-name` pairs "{hl-from}:{hl-to},..." where each {hl-from} is
--- a `highlight-groups` item to be overridden by {hl-to} group in
--- the window.
---
--- Note: highlight namespaces take precedence over 'winhighlight'.
--- See `nvim_win_set_hl_ns()` and `nvim_set_hl()`.
---
--- Highlights of vertical separators are determined by the window to the
--- left of the separator.  The 'tabline' highlight of a tabpage is
--- decided by the last-focused window of the tabpage.  Highlights of
--- the popupmenu are determined by the current window.  Highlights in the
--- message area cannot be overridden.
---
--- Example: show a different color for non-current windows:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set winhighlight=Normal:MyNormal,NormalNC:MyNormalNC
--- ```
---
---
--- @type string
vim.o.winhighlight = ""
vim.o.winhl = vim.o.winhighlight
vim.wo.winhighlight = vim.o.winhighlight
vim.wo.winhl = vim.wo.winhighlight

--- The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
--- status bar) if necessary.  They will return to at least one line when
--- they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere to go.)
--- Use 'winheight' to set the minimal height of the current window.
--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller.  Don't use a
--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
--- windows.  A value of 0 to 3 is reasonable.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.winminheight = 1
vim.o.wmh = vim.o.winminheight
vim.go.winminheight = vim.o.winminheight
vim.go.wmh = vim.go.winminheight

--- The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
--- a vertical separator) if necessary.  They will return to at least one
--- line when they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere
--- to go.)
--- Use 'winwidth' to set the minimal width of the current window.
--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller.  Don't use a
--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
--- windows.  A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.winminwidth = 1
vim.o.wmw = vim.o.winminwidth
vim.go.winminwidth = vim.o.winminwidth
vim.go.wmw = vim.go.winminwidth

--- Minimal number of columns for the current window.  This is not a hard
--- minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
--- the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of
--- the width of other windows.  Set it to 999 to make the current window
--- always fill the screen.  Set it to a small number for normal editing.
--- The width is not adjusted after one of the commands to change the
--- width of the current window.
--- 'winwidth' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminwidth' to set
--- the minimal width for other windows.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.winwidth = 20
vim.o.wiw = vim.o.winwidth
vim.go.winwidth = vim.o.winwidth
vim.go.wiw = vim.go.winwidth

--- This option changes how text is displayed.  It doesn't change the text
--- in the buffer, see 'textwidth' for that.
--- When on, lines longer than the width of the window will wrap and
--- displaying continues on the next line.  When off lines will not wrap
--- and only part of long lines will be displayed.  When the cursor is
--- moved to a part that is not shown, the screen will scroll
--- horizontally.
--- The line will be broken in the middle of a word if necessary.  See
--- 'linebreak' to get the break at a word boundary.
--- To make scrolling horizontally a bit more useful, try this:
---
--- ```vim
--- 	set sidescroll=5
--- 	set listchars+=precedes:<,extends:>
--- ```
--- See 'sidescroll', 'listchars' and `wrap-off`.
--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
--- on.
--- If 'nowrap' was set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, '>' is used
--- as the `lcs-extends` character regardless of the value of the 'list'
--- and 'listchars' options.  This is to prevent malicious code outside
--- the viewport from going unnoticed.  Use `:setlocal nowrap` manually
--- afterwards to disable this behavior.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.wrap = true
vim.wo.wrap = vim.o.wrap

--- Number of characters from the right window border where wrapping
--- starts.  When typing text beyond this limit, an <EOL> will be inserted
--- and inserting continues on the next line.
--- Options that add a margin, such as 'number' and 'foldcolumn', cause
--- the text width to be further reduced.
--- When 'textwidth' is non-zero, this option is not used.
--- See also 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.wrapmargin = 0
vim.o.wm = vim.o.wrapmargin
vim.bo.wrapmargin = vim.o.wrapmargin
vim.bo.wm = vim.bo.wrapmargin

--- Searches wrap around the end of the file.  Also applies to `]s` and
--- `[s`, searching for spelling mistakes.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.wrapscan = true
vim.o.ws = vim.o.wrapscan
vim.go.wrapscan = vim.o.wrapscan
vim.go.ws = vim.go.wrapscan

--- Allows writing files.  When not set, writing a file is not allowed.
--- Can be used for a view-only mode, where modifications to the text are
--- still allowed.  Can be reset with the `-m` or `-M` command line
--- argument.  Filtering text is still possible, even though this requires
--- writing a temporary file.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.write = true
vim.go.write = vim.o.write

--- Allows writing to any file with no need for "!" override.
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.writeany = false
vim.o.wa = vim.o.writeany
vim.go.writeany = vim.o.writeany
vim.go.wa = vim.go.writeany

--- Make a backup before overwriting a file.  The backup is removed after
--- the file was successfully written, unless the 'backup' option is
--- also on.
--- WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
--- lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only reset
--- this option if your file system is almost full and it makes the write
--- fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
--- See `backup-table` for another explanation.
--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
--- Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
--- file renamed (and a new file is written).
---
--- @type boolean
vim.o.writebackup = true
vim.o.wb = vim.o.writebackup
vim.go.writebackup = vim.o.writebackup
vim.go.wb = vim.go.writebackup

--- Only takes effect together with 'redrawdebug'.
--- The number of milliseconds to wait after each line or each flush
---
--- @type integer
vim.o.writedelay = 0
vim.o.wd = vim.o.writedelay
vim.go.writedelay = vim.o.writedelay
vim.go.wd = vim.go.writedelay
